Transcript
REVISION HISTORY
BX1L
CHASSIS
PART NO. : 9-872-834-02
MODEL
KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292N60
NO.
SUFFIX
DATE
SUPP / CORR
DESCRIPTION
1
-01
2005/7
__
1st Issue
2
-02
2006/2
Corr
a) TV Photo incorrect (cover page) b) Beznet Assy illustration incorrect (page 59)
SERVICE MANUAL MODEL
KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M50 KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292N60
COMMANDER DEST.
CHASSIS NO.
RM-GA002 India
SCC-V06T-A
RM-GA002 Thailand
SCC-V39F-A
RM-GA002 GE
SCC-V44C-A
RM-GA002 India
SCC-V06S-A
RM-GA002 Philippines
SCC-V41C-A
BX1L MODEL
CHASSIS
COMMANDER DEST.
CHASSIS NO.
RM-GA002
TRINITRON ® COLOR TV
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section
Title
Page
Section
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION ..................................3
Title
Page
4. DIAGRAMS 4-1. Block Diagram ......................................................... 31 4-2. Circuit Boards Location .......................................... 32 4-3. Schematic Diagram Information ............................. 32 4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram ........................ 33 4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001) ............................... 35 4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002) .............................. 37 4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003) ............................... 39 4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram ....................... 40 4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagrams ...... 41 4-3-7 .H7 Boards Schematic Diagram .................... 42 4-3-8 F2 Board Schematic Diagram ...................... 44 4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram .................... 46 4-4. Voltage Measurement and Waveforms .................... 47 4-5. Printed Wiring Boards ............................................. 52 4-6. Semiconductors ........................................................ 57
1. DISASSEMBLY 1-1. Rear Cover Removal .................................................. 5 1-2. Speaker Removal ....................................................... 5 1-3. Chassis Assy Removal ............................................... 5 1-4. Service Position ......................................................... 5 1-5. Terminal Bracket Removal ........................................ 5 1-6. F2 and J3 Board Removal ......................................... 5 1-7. F1 Board Removal ..................................................... 6 1-8. H4 and H7 Boards Removal ...................................... 6 1-9. A Board Removal ...................................................... 6 1-10. Picture Tube Removal ................................................ 7 2. SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS 2-1. Beam Landing ............................................................ 8 2-2. Convergence ............................................................... 9 2-3. Focus Adjustment .................................................... 11 2-4. G2 (SCREEN) Adjustments .................................... 11 2-5. White Balance Adjustment ...................................... 11
5. EXPLODED VIEWS 5-1. Picture Tube and Speaker Bracket .......................... 59 5-2. Chassis ..................................................................... 61 6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ........................................ 62
3. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 3-1. Adjustment With Commander ................................. 12 3-2. Adjustment Method ................................................. 13 3-3. Picture Quality Adjustment ..................................... 29 3-4. Geometry Adjustment .............................................. 30
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
CAUTION
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
SHORT CIRCUIT THE ANODE OF THE PICTURE TUBE AND THE ANODE CAP TO THE METAL CHASSIS, CRT SHIELD, OR CARBON PAINTED ON THE CRT, AFTER REMOVING THE ANODE.
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY.
–2–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION The units in this manual contain a self-diagnostic function. If an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will automatically begin to flash. The number of times the STANDBY Indicator flashes translates to a probable source of the problem.If an error symptom cannot be reproduced, the remote commander can be used to review the failure occurrence data stored in memory to reveal past problems and how often these problems occur.
1. DIAGNOSTIC TEST INDICATORS When an error occurs, the STANDBY Indicator will flash a number of times to indicate the possible cause of the problem. If there is more than one error, the Indicator will identify the first of the problem areas. Result for all of the following diagnostic items are displayed on screen. No error has occured if the screen displays a “0”. Diagnosis Item Description
No. of times STANDBY Indicator flashes
Diagnostic Result on screen display
Does not light
—
• +B overcurrent (OCP)
2 times
• Vertical NG.
• No Power
Probable Cause Location
Detected Symptoms
• Power cord is not plugged in. • Fuse is burned out (F4601) (F Board)
• Power does not come on. • No power is supplied to the TV. • AC power supply is faulty.
2:0 2:1 ~ 255
• H.OUT (Q511) is shorted. (A board) • IC751 is shorted. (C/CV Board)
• Power does not come on. • Load on power line is shorted.
4 times
4:0 4:1 ~ 255
• +13V is not supplied. (A Board) • IC503 voltage list is faulty. (A Board)
• Has entered standby state after horizontal raster. • Vertical deflection pulse is stopped. • Power line is shorted or power supply is stopped.
• IK (AKB)
5 times
5:0 5:1 ~ 255
• Video OUT (IC751) is faulty. (C Board) • IC001 is faulty. (A Board) • Screen (G2) is improperly adjusted.
• No raster is generated. • CRT cathode current detection reference pulse output is small.
• Supply Voltage Protection
8 times
8:0 8:1 ~ 255
• IC604 faulty. • IC607 faulty.
• No power supply to CRT ANODE. • No RASTER is generated.
2. STANDBY INDICATOR BLINKING PROCESS
3. STANDBY INDICATOR ON TV FRONT PANEL Standby indicator
Lamp ON 300ms
Lamp OFF 300ms
Lamp OFF 3 seconds
The example above represents for 4 times blink
–3–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4. SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY SELF DIAGNOSTIC 2: 3: 4: 5: 8:
000 N/A 000 001 002
101 :
"0" means no fault has been detected.
"1" means a fault has been detected. "2" means two faults has been detected.
N/A
"N/A" means not available for this models.
5. HANDLING SELF DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN DISPLAY No. 1.
Description Display self diagnostic screen
Method
[Display] t [Channel 5 ] t [Volume ] t [Power / TV] Note: The above must be performed while TV is on standby mode.
2.
Stop standby flash
i) Turn off power switch on main. ii) Unplug power cord from the outlet.
3.
Clear fault result
In self diagnostic screen, press [Channel 8 ] t Note: Diagnostic results display on screen is not automatically cleared. Therefore, clear result after completion of repair.
4.
Quit self diagnostic screen
Turn off power switch of remote commander or main unit.
6. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CIRCUIT
A BOARD IC001 Y/CHROMA JUNGLE FROM C BOARD IC751 PIN 5 A BOARD FROM Q816 COLLECTOR
A BOARD IC804 V.OUT
A BOARD IC001 SYSTEM
A BOARD IC003 MEMORY
SDA1 45 IK
F.B-PLS
3
116 V.GUARD RED LED
97 EHTO
30
5 SDA
7 DISPLAY
[+B overcurrent $OCP%]
Occurs when an overcurrent on the +B(135V) line is detected by pin 97 of IC001 (A board). If the voltage of pin 97 of IC001 (A board) is more than 4V, the unit will automatically go to standby.
[V-PROTECT]
Occurs when an absence of the vertical deflection pulse is detected by pin 116 of IC001 (A board).
[IK $AKB%]
If the RGB levels* do not balance within 15 sec after the power is turned on, this error will be detected by IC001 (A board). TV will stay on, but there will be 5 times LED blinking.
POWER SUPPLY NG (+5V) for VIDEO PROCESSOR
Occurs when IC001 internal HV protect detects an abnormal H-Pulse (frequency) due to improper power supply to IC001. TV cuts off high voltage power of anode CRT. No picture will be detected. eg: IC602, IC604 go faulty.
* (Refers to the RGB levels of the AKB detection Ref pulse that detects IK.)
–4–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY 1-1. REAR COVER REMOVAL
1-2. SPEAKER REMOVAL
2 Rear cover
2 Two screws (Washer Head) (+P4 × 16)
1 Eleven screws (+BVTP 4 × 16)
1-3. CHASSIS ASSY REMOVAL
1-4. SERVICE POSITION
1-5.
1-6. F2 (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
TERMINAL BRACKET REMOVAL
AND J3 BOARDS REMOVAL
2 One screw (+BVTP 3 × 12)
3 F2 board
2 J3 Board 3 One screw (+BVTP 3 × 12)
5 Terminal bracket
1 Two screws (+BVTP 3 × 12)
1 One screw 4 Two hooks (+BVTP 4 × 16)
–5–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
1-7. F1 BOARD REMOVAL
1-8. H4 and H7 BOARDS REMOVAL
1 One screw (+BVTAP 3 x 12)
3 Five Hooks
2 H4 Board 1 Four Hooks
2 One hooks 3 F1 Board
1-9. A BOARD REMOVAL 2 One screw (Washer head) (+P 3 × 12) 1 Five screws (+BVTAP 3 × 12)
4 A Board 3 Four Hooks
–6–
4 H7 Board
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
1-10. PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL Note: •
Please make sure the TV set is not in standing position before removing necessary CRT support located on bottom right and left. 1) Remove the rear cover. 2) Unplug all interconnecting leads from the Deflection yoke, Neck assy, Degaussing Coil and CRT grounding strap. Remove Chassis Assy. 3) Place the TV set with the CRT face down on a cushion jig.
4 Anode Cap Removal 5 Band, DGC Removal
qg Nut, Special, CRT (x4)
6 Earth Coating Assy qf Degaussing Coil
7 Loosen the Neck Assembly fixing screw and removal 8 C Board Removal
qd Holder, DGC(2) Removal
qs Spring Tension(2) Removal
9 Chassis Assy Removal
qa Loosen the Deflection Yoke 0 VM Board Removal fixing screw and remove
• REMOVAL OF ANODE-CAP Note: • After removing the anode, short circuit the anode of the picture tube and the anode cap to the metal chassis, CRT shield or carbon paint on the CRT.
•
REMOVING PROCEDURES
c
a
anode button a
3 When one side of the rubber cap is separated from the anode button, the anode-cap can be removed by turning up the rubber cap and pulling it up in the direction of the arrow c.
1 Turn up one side of the rubber cap in the direction indicated by the arrow a.
•
HOW TO HANDLE AN ANODE-CAP
1 Do not damage the surface of anode-caps with sharp shaped objects. 2 Do not press the rubber too hard so as not to damage the inside of anode-cap. A metal fitting called the shatter-hook terminal is built into the rubber. 3 Do not turn the foot of rubber over too hard. The shatter-hook terminal will stick out or damage the rubber.
b b
2 Using a thumb pull up the rubber cap firmly in the direction indicated by the arrow b.
–7–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SECTION 2 SET-UP ADJUSTMENTS The following adjustments should be made when a complete realignment is required or a new picture tube is installed.
Perform the adjustments in order as follows : 1. Beam Landing 2. Convergence 3. Focus 4. G2(SCREEN) 5. White Balance
The controls and switch should be set as follows unless otherwise noted: Picture Control....................................."NORMAL" Brightness Control..............................."NORMAL"
Note : Test Equipment Required. 1. Pattern Generator 5. Oscilloscope 2. Degausser 6. Landing Checker 3. DC Power Supply 7. XCV Adjuster 4. Digital Multimeter
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Preparation : • Feed in the white pattern signal. • Before starting, degauss the entire screen with the degausser. • In order to reduce the geomagnetism on the set's picture tube, face it east or west.
6. Then move the DY forward and adjust so that the entire screen becomes green.
2-1. BEAM LANDING ADJUSTMENT 1. Input a raster signal with the pattern generator. 2. Loose the deflection yoke(DY) mounting screw, and set the purity control to the center as shown below:Purity control 7. Now switch over raster signal to red then blue and confirm the condition. 8. When the position of the DY is determined, tighten it with the DY mounting screw. 9. If the beam does not land correctly in all the corners of the screen, use magnet disc to correct it.
Purity control corrects this area.
3. Position Neck Assy as shown below:Neck assy
Align the edge of the neck assy with the edge of the G2 grid.
b
a
c
d
Disc magnets or rotatable disc magnets correct these areas (a-d).
Deflection yoke positioning corrects these areas.
b
G1
G2
c
G3
4. Set the raster signal of the pattern generator to green. 5. Move the DY backward and adjust the purity control so that green is in the center and blue and red are at the sides evenly.
Red
a d
Blue
Green
–8–
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
2-2. CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT Preparation: • Before starting, perform FOCUS adjustment. • Picture Mode "SOFT" • Receive dot/cross hatch pattern.
b) Horizontal Static Convergence If the blue dots does not converge with the red and green dots, use the 6 pole magnet to adjust in the manner described below:R G
B
R
B
R
G
B
R
G
B
R
G B
a) Vertical Static Convergence Center dot
R G B
R
G
B
G
G R
B
4 pole magnet
RV705 H. STAT
6 Pole Magnet
RV1800 G2 (SCREEN)
6 Pole Magnet Purity
C Board
1. (Moving vertically), adjust the 4 pole magnet to converge red, green and blue dots in the center of the screen. 2. Tilt the 4 pole magnet and adjust static convergence to open or close the 4 pole magnet. DY pocket 4 pole Magnet
4 Pole Magnet
3. When the 4 pole magnet is moved in the direction of arrow A and B, the red, green and blue dots moves as shown below:A
B
A B
B
B
B
G
G
R
R
c) Y Separation axis correction magnet adjustment. 1. Receive cross hatch signal. 2. Set Picture to "MINIMUM", Brightness to "STANDARD". 3. Adjust the Y separation axis correction magnet on the Neck Assembly so that the horizontal lines at the top and bottom of the screen are straight.
Blue
Red Neck assy
Blue
Red Neck assy
Moved RV750 (H.STAT)
R
G
B
R
G
B VM board
–9–
VM board
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
d) Convergence Rough Adjustment Preparation: • Before starting this adjustment, adjust the horizontal and vertical static convergence.
b1
a1
Input cross hatch pattern. i) TLH Adjust the horizontal convergence of red and blue dots by inserting TLH Correction Plate to the DY pocket(left or right). ii) YCH Adjust YCH to balance Y axis. iii) TLV Adjust the vertical convergence of red and blue dots. iv) XCV Adjust XCV to balance X-axis d1 RB
RB
B R
a1~d1: Piece A(90), Convergence Correct or Permaloy Assy Correction
R B
YCH
TLH
XCV
TLV
ON DY : ON DY :
(VR2) YCH
(VR1) TLV1 (no need to adjust) DY pocket TLH Plate
(VR3) TLV2 (XCV)
DY pocket
e) Screen Corner Convergence Affix a Piece A(90), Convergence Correct/Permaloy Assy Correction to the misconverged areas. .
b
a
a-d : screen-corner misconvergence
c
c1
d
– 10 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
2-3. FOCUS ADJUSTMENT
2-5. WHITE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
FOCUS adjustment should be completed before W/B adjustment.
1. Set to Service Mode. 2. Input white raster signal using signal generator. 3. Set the following condition: Picture "DYNAMIC", PICT 006 "WTS" to 00. 4. At Highlight condition, select WHBL 003 "GDRV" and 004 "BDRV" with 1 and 4 button of the remote commander then adjust the data with 3 and 6 button. 5. At Cutoff, select WHBL 000 "BKOR" and 001 "BKOG" and adjust the data. 6. Perform adjustment at Hightlight and Cutoff condition until it reaches its target. 7. Write data into memory by pressing [MUTING]➔-. 8. Finally set PICT 006 "WTS" back to its original data.
1. Receive digital monoscope pattern. 2. Set Picture Mode to "DYNAMIC". 3. Adjust focus VR to obtain a just focus at the center of the screen. 4. Change the receiving signal to white pattern and blue back. 5. Confirm magenta ring is not noticeable. In case magenta ring is obvious, then adjust FOCUS VR to balance magenta ring and FOCUS.
Focus Screen
FLYBACK TRANSFORMER (T503)
2-4. G2 (SCREEN) ADJUSTMENTS 1. Set the following condition: - Picture and Brightness to "STANDARD". - TV to Video mode. - WHBL 16 "RGBB" to 01. 2. Connect R,G,B of the C board cathode to oscilloscope. 3. Adjust Brightness to obtain the cathode value to the value stated below.
Cathode setting voltage: 170 V ± 2 (VDC)
4. Adjust SCREEN VR on the FBT until the scanning line disappears. 5. Finally set WHBL 016 "RGBB" back to 00.
– 11 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SECTION 3 CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS 3-1. ADJUSTMENT WITH COMMANDER Service adjustments to this model can be performed using the supplied remote commander RM-GA002. a. ENTERING SERVICE MODE With the unit on standby t [DISPLAY] t 5 t [VOL $+% ] t [POWER] This operation sequence puts the unit into service mode. This screen display is: Category GEOM Release ID SUS01
Item no. in decimal
Item name
Service data in decimal
NVM NG
Service Command
Field Frequency
Channel no./ Video Input Name
006
EWPW
031
x
SERVICE
60
S VIDEO 1
Software Version
Service data in binary
Reserved for factory
Color System
Power On Time (decimal)
3.50M
0001 1111
FF FF
NTSC3
65553
Status SID, Lock, SL :not locked (no signal) :locked
Status VW, IVWF
Status BC, HBC
Status BCF
Status S/N LEVEL (0-7)
Status GL
Status Display Area
111
11
11
1
7
11 Status PTW
ZZ xy 1 1 000000 000000
S : for Sony A : for AIWA L : BX1L Full B : BX1L Basic D : DVD Combo U S : Taiwan/Korea/Philippines G A : General Area 01 : Serial no. of the M / P release for each destination
ZZ : DCXO Flash Value xy : Value of x : 0 - unknown 1 - BTSC 2 - A2 3 - NICAM 4 - KOREAN 5 - Japan 6 - AV Stereo
Value of y 0 - Mono 1 - Stereo 2 - Bilingual 4 - SAP/Single
b. METHOD OF CANCELLATION FROM SERVICE MODE Set the standby condition (Press [POWER] button on the commander), then press [POWER] button again, hereupon it becomes TV mode. c. METHOD OF WRITE INTO MEMORY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Set to Service Mode. Press 1 (UP) and 4 (DOWN), to select the adjustment item. Change item by pressing 3, 6. Press [MUTING] button to indicate WRITE on the screen. Press - button to write into memory. 1, 4 r 3, 6 r [MUTING] r -
Select the adjustment item. Raise/lower the data value. Writes. Executes the writing.
d. MEMORY WRITE CONFIRMATION METHOD 1. After adjustment, pull out the plug from AC outlet, and then plug into AC outlet again. 2. Turn the power switch ON and set to Service Mode. 3. Call the adjusted items again to confirm adjustments were made.
– 12 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
e. OTHER FUNCTION VIA REMOTE COMMANDER 7, 8, [Display], 2, 5
All the data becomes the values in memory. All user control goes to the standard state. Service data initialization (Be sure not to use usually.) Select Device or Category (Up, Down)
3-2. ADJUSTMENT METHOD Item Number 000 HPOS This explanation uses H POSITION as an example. 1. Select "000 HPOS" with the 1 and 4 buttons, or 2 and 5. 2. Raise/lower the data with the 3 and 6 buttons. 3. Select the optimum state. (The standard is IF for PAL reception.) 4. Write with the [MUTING] button. (The display changes to WRITE.) 5. Execute the writing with the - button. (The WRITE display will be changed to red color while excuting, and back to SERVICE.) Example on screen display :GEOM
000
SUS01 3.50M
GEOM
000
SUS01 3.50M
HPOS
031
SERVICE
50
0001
1111
FF FF
NTSC3 65553
HPOS
031
WRITE
50
0001
1111
FF FF
NTSC3 65553
GREEN Adjusted with 3 and 6 buttons. GREEN
Write with [MUTING] GEOM
000
SUS01 3.50M
HPOS
031
WRITE
50
0001
1111
FF FF
NTSC3 65553
Write executed with -
RED The WRITE display then the display returns to green SERVICE.
Use the same method for all Items. Use 1 and 4 to select the adjustment item, use 3 and 6 to adjust, write with [MUTING], then execute the write with -. Note : 1. In [WRITE], the data for all items are written into memory together. 2. For adjustment items that have different standard data between 50Hz or 60Hz, be sure to use the respective input signal after adjustment.
– 13 –
TVJ Category GEOM
– 14 –
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
HPOS
031
063
Horizontal Shift (HS)
001
HPAR
031
063
002
HBOW
031
003
VLIN
004
Function
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) (4:3) 50
(4:3) 60
(4:3) w50
(4:3) w60
31
31
31
31
Horizontal Parallelogram
31
31
31
31
063
Horizontal Bow
31
31
31
31
031
063
Vertical Linearity
31
31
31
31
VSCR
031
063
Vertical Scroll
31
31
31
31
005
HSIZ
031
063
EW Width (EW)
31
31
31
31
006
EWPW
031
063
EW Parabola/Width (PW)
31
31
31
31
007
UCOP
017
063
EW Upper Corner Parabola
17
17
17
17
008
LCOP
017
063
EW Lower Corner Parabola
17
17
17
17
009
EWTZ
031
063
EW Trapezium
31
31
31
31
010
VSLP
031
063
Vertical Slope (VS)
31
31
31
31
011
VSIZ
015
063
Vertical Amplitude
15
15
15
15
012
SCOR
014
063
S-Correction (SC)
14
14
14
14
013
VPOS
031
063
Vertical Shift (VSH)
31
31
31
31
014
VZOM
031
063
Vertical Zoom (VZ)
015
HBL
000
001
RGB Blanking Mode
01
01
01
01
016
WBF
007
015
Timing of Wide Blanking (WBF)
08
04
08
04
017
WBR
007
015
Timing of Wide Blanking (WBR)
09
10
09
10
018
SBL
000
001
Service Blanking
00
019
COPY
000
001
Copy the GEO data to all 50/60Hz NVM area
X
TV-Processor
RM-GA002
NOTE a) In the initial value (detailed) column, the data after the slash mark ("/") refers to NTSC model data. No ("/") means data is common for Multi and NTSC model. b) Item remarked "*" and "**", please refer page xx ~ xx for the data (not applicable for these models). c) shaded items are no data. d) Standard data listed on the Adjustment Item Table are reference values, therefore it may be different for each model and for each mode. e) Note for the Different Data those are the standard data values written on the microprocessor. Therefore, the data values of the models are stored respectively in the memory. In the case of a device replacement, adjustment by rewriting the data value is necessary for some items. f) Multi ver6.16, NTSC ver6.19N
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
Adjustment Item Table
TVJ Category WHBL
– 15 –
TVJ Category SADJ
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
BKOR
031
063
Black Level Offset R (OFB = 00), Offset B (OFB = 01)
col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)
001
BKOG
031
063
Black Level Offset G
col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) Col Temp (COOL other)
002
RDRV
037
063
White Point R
col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)
003
GDRV
037
063
White Point G
col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)
004
BDRV
037
063
White Point B
col temp (HIGH/LOW/Normal)*(UV/RGB/Others)
005
LPG
000
001
RGB Gain Preset
TV-Processor TV-Processor
none
006
PGR
031
127
Preset Gain R (PGR)
none
40
PGG
031
127
Preset Gain G (PGG)
none
40
008
PGB
031
127
Preset Gain B (PGB)
none
009
GNOF
000
015
Preset Gain Offset
none
010
SBRT
031
063
Sub-Brightness
011
SBR O
000
003
Sub-Brightness Offset (Intelligent Pic)
none
00
012
EGL
000
001
Enable Gain Loop in CCC System
none
00
013
SGL
000
003
Selection of High Current in CCC System
none
00
014
AKB
000
001
Black Current Stabilization
none
00 00
000
001
Control Sequence of Beam Current Limiting
none
000
003
RGB Blanking
none
017
BLBG
000
001
Blanking of Blue & Green Output
none
018
OFB
000
001
Black Level Offset Blue
none
01
019
NSBR
000
015
Non Standard Brightness Offset
none
00
020
WBP
000
003
Color Temp Setting (0:High, 1:Normal, 2,3:Low)
Range Dec
000
PMAX
063
063
Picture Maximum
001
SHUE
007
015
Sub-Hue
002
SSHP
015
063
Sub-Sharpness
003
SSHO
000
007
Sub-Sharpness Offset (Intelligent Pic)
Function
SCOL
031
063
Sub-Color
005
SCOO
000
003
Sub-Color Offset (Intelligent Pic)
31
31
31
31
31
20
20
20
20
20
37
37
37
37
37
37
45
42
37
45
42
37
48
40
30
48
40
30
Picture Mode
Table & Note
(TV / Video)*(Normal / Wide) /
Pic mode 0 (Vivid)
00
Device Name
Common 50 pal (Video)
50 Secam (TV)
50 Secam (Video)
60TV
60 (Video)
50YUV 60YUV
Pic mode 0 (Vivid)
Pic mode 1 Pic mode 2 (Std) (Custom)
TV-Processor
TV / Video / YUV
TV
Video
38
38
01
01
30
TV
Video
TV Wide (4:3)
Video Wide (4:3)
46
46
40
40
02
09
26/22
34
04/05
50pal(tv)/50pal(video)/50secam(tv)/50secam(video)/ 60TV/60video/50YUV/60YUV/50RGB/60RGB none
Pic mode 2 (Custom)
Initial Value (Detailed) 50 pal (TV)
TV / Video none
Pic mode 1 (Std)
00
YUV
004
31 20
YUV
38
CBS
Init.
Col Temp (NEUTRAL YUV)
10
RGBB
Dec
Col Temp (WARM YUV)
Others/RGB/YUV
015
Name
Col Temp (COOL YUV)
40 CCC loop
016
Functionality
Col Temp (NEUTRAL other)
00
007
No.
Col Temp (WARM other)
29
29
29
29
30
30
29
29
01/02
006
PIC
031
127
Picture Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
100
90
100
007
COL
031
127
Color Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
57
50
50
BRT
031
127
Brightness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
48
50
50
HUE
031
127
Hue Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)] (*Send to TINT #1Eh(5-0) with US model)
Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
50
50
50
010
SHP
031
127
Sharpness Control [GA:0~100(valid); >100(invalid); Others:0~63(valid); ignore bit 6(invalid)]
Picture Model(GA: Personal = User Reset Data)
58
50
50
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
008 009
YC
SYNC
Init.
Range
Name
Dec
Dec
000
PFRQ
000
003
Peaking Center Frequency and Delay
TV/other
001
RPA
001
003
Ratio Pre & Over Shoot
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) Others
002
RPO
002
003
Ratio of Positive & Negative Peaks
003
YDLY
012
015
Y-Delay
004
CMAT
000
003
PAL-SECAM or NTSC (Japan/USA) Matrix
005
ACL
001
001
Automatic Color Limiting
006
CB
000
001
Chroma Bandpass Center Frequency
01 03
BPS
000
001
Bypass of Chroma Base-band Delay Line
012
FCO
000
001
Forced Color On
013
TINT
031
063
Base-Band Tint Control
014
TUV
000
001
Tint Control on UV Signals
06/-
11
09
06
10/-
00
SECAM Black Offset
011
10/-
01 valid only with TV (*Video:0 fix)
PAL/NTSC Ident Sensitivity Chroma Trap Mode
10/-
00
003
Center Frequency of Cloche(Bell) Filter
02 10
003 001
TV
02
001
001
NTSC
TV/other
001 000
SECAM
00
SBO
000
PAL(Video) NTSC(Video) SECAM(Video) S-INPUT
02
CHSE CLO
SECAM(TV)
02
008
CTRP
NTSC(TV)
TV/other
007 009
PAL(TV)
00
TV-Processor
(PAL/NTSC/SECAM)*(TV/VIDEO)+YUV/S-INPUT
010
YUV
RM-GA002
– 16 –
TVJ Category
Functionality No.
00 SECAM/others
00
NTSC/others
00
01 01
00 YUV/others
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
SYS
000
001
Synchronization on YSYNC Input
001
FO
000
003
Phase 1 Time Constant
002
VID
000
001
Video Ident Mode
Function
32
32
32
00
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) (4:3) 50 (4:3) 60
003
FSL
000
001
Forced Slicing Level for Vertical Sync
004
SSL
000
001
Slicing Level Sync Separator
005
SVID
001
007
Source Selection for Video Identification
006
FORF
000
003
Forced Field Frequency
007
MVK
000
001
Macro Vision Keying
TV Processor
Others
YUV
TV
Video
Teletext
TV-ip
No signal
03
03
01/-
00
00
00
TV IP ON/TV IP OFF/Video/Teletext/Auto Tuning or No signal(RF) 50/60
00
00
00
00
00 50/60 YUV/Others
00 03/00 01
00
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Category
TVJ Category PICT
Functionality
Range
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) Others
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
CADL
007
015
Cathode Drive Level
001
CFA
000
003
Comb Filter Mode
00
002
SOC
002
003
Soft Clipping Level
02
Live
003
PWL
001
001
Peak White Limiting Switch
01
WHTL
006
015
Peak White Limiting
00
005
GAM
001
001
Gamma
006
WTS
001
003
Gamma Control and White Stretch
Live/Others
01
01
007
TFR
000
001
DC Transfer Ratio of Luminance Signal
Live/Others
01
01
TV (Others)
Video (Dyn)
01
02
00
Video ColorTemp (Others) (HIGH)
ColorTemp (Others)
Color Temp(LOW)
Color Temp (NORMAL)
01
01
01
008
CO R
003
003
Coring
009
CORO
000
003
Coring Offset (Intelligent Pic)
010
BKS
003
003
Black Stretch
011
AAS
001
001
Black Area to Switch off the Black Stretch
012
DSK
000
001
Dynamic Skin Control
013
BLS
000
001
Blue Stretch
014
NBLS
000
001
Operation Blue Stretch Circuit
015
NRR
000
001
Non Red Reduction
– 17 –
Category
TV (Dyn)
05
004
TVJ SW
Init.
(TV/Video)*(Dyna/others)
01
01 RGB/others
02 01 00
col temp (HIGH/OTHERS)
00
00
00 col temp (HIGH/LOW/NORMAL)
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
CV2
000
001
CVBS2 Input Signal Selection
001
SVO
001
003
Function of IFVO/SVO/CVBSI Pin @ 48
002
D FL
000
001
Flash Protection
Function
01
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) YUV
TV
Video
03
01
01
00 TV/Video/YUV 01
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
OIFD
036
063
Offset IF Demodulator
001
AGCT
031
063
AGC Take-over
24
002
STM
000
001
Search Tuning Mode
01
003
GD
00 0
001
Group Delay on CVBS1 Signal
00
004
AGCS
001
003
IF AGC Speed
01
005
FFI
000
001
Fast Filter IF PLL
00
006
LNAI
000
001
RF Amp LNA bit initial value
00
007
LNAT
195
225
RF Amp Threshold Level
195
008
LNSN
004
007
RF Amp SN Level Threshold
03
009
LNSD
002
007
RF Amp SN Level Drop Threshold
01
010
LNEX
016
063
RF Amp check SN Drop Timing
30
011
CHTR
048
127
Channel Threshold after Auto Prg to set RF Amp User Mode
25
012
TUSO
000
001
Sony Tuner Used
00
Init.
Range
Category VIF
– 18 – TVJ Category VM
Functionality
Function
Function
Table & Note
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Name
Dec
Dec
000
RGBD
003
007
Delayof RGB Output to VM Output
none
001
VMA
003
003
Amplitude of VM Output
none
002
VMAP
002
003
VM setting (0:High, 1:Low, 2,3:OFF)
003
VMMO
003
003
VM Mode
005
CRAO
000
001
Coring on SVM
TV-Processor
Common
TV-Processor
36
Initial Value(Detailed) Others
No.
Device Name
Pic mode 0 (Vivid)
Pic mode 1 (Std)
Pic mode 2 (Custom)
00
00
00
TV
04 03/02
Picture Mode 03 TV/others
00
01
RM-GA002
Initial
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
Functionality
0TVJ
TVJ Category SDEM
TVJ Category TXT
– 19 –
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
FMWS
000
003
Window Selection for FM Demodulator
001
QSS
001
001
Quasi Split Sound (QSS) Amplifier Mode (N/A for GA multi M system)
002
BPB
000
001
Bypass of Sound Bandpass Filter
00
003
AMLO
000
001
Audio Output Signal for AM Sound
00
004
HPVC
000
001
Head Phone Volume Control
00
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
TXV
039
063
Teletext Vertical Position for Philips
001
THD
005
127
Teletext H-sync Active Edge Shift
10
002
TBR
015
031
Teletext RGB Brightness
22
003
ACQ
000
001
Teletext Acquisition (Auto-0, PAL-1)
Function
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
TV-Processor
02 00/01
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Text Decoder
39
-/00
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
SDSP
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
BBL
000
015
BBE Contour
001
BBH
000
015
BBE Process
00
002
BBLW
000
015
BBE Contour Offset
04
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) TV
SSD
Video
Off
SRS/WOW Trusurround
Istreo (ON)
Imono (Simulated)
08
06
05
03
00
003
SVOF
000
015
Surround/Effect Mode Volume Offset
004
LAD
000
031
Decoder Level Adjust
005
LAM
000
031
Mono Level Adjust
05
006
LAN
000
031
Nicam Level Adjust
22
Off(SRS/WOW)/Trusurround/Istereo/Imono
06
11/-
06/-
007
LAS
000
031
SAP Level Adjust
008
LAA
000
031
ADC Level Adjust
009
SEF
003
007
Incredible Mono/Stereo Effect
010
BAS
000
015
Main Bass Offset
23
RM-GA002
05
05 RF/Video/centerSpk/RFSub/VideoSub
00
Istereo/Imono
011
TRE
000
015
Main Treble Offset
26
012
EQ1
000
015
Equalizer Main Channel Band (100 Hz) Offset
00
013
EQ2
000
015
Equalizer Main Channel Band (300Hz) Offset
18
014
EQ3
000
015
Equalizer Main Channel Band (1000 Hz) Offset
01
015
EQ4
000
015
Equalizer Main Channel Band (3000 Hz) Offset
04
– 20 –
016
EQ 5
000
015
Equalizer Main Channel Band (8000 Hz) Offset
03
017
BFCT
005
007
DBE, DUB and BBE Control
00 04
018
SCEN
001
015
SRS3D Center Control
019
SSPA
000
015
SRS3D Space Control
01
020
BBHW
000
015
BBE process offset in WOW mode
00
021
STRE
002
007
Treble Offset for surround mode
01
022
BBHT
000
015
BBE Offset in TV mode
00
023
TTRE
002
007
Treble Offset in TV mode
03
00
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ Category
TVJ Category SDEC
– 21 – TVJ Category
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
SPTU
003
015
Upper Threshold for SAP carrier detection
001
SPTL
006
015
Lower Threshold for SAP carrier detection
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
SSD
08/05 15
002
SPTH
000
031
Noise Threshold for automute of SAP
003
SPHY
004
015
Hysteresis size for automute of SA
03
004
FMTH
000
031
Noise Threshold for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard
18
005
FMHY
004
015
Hysteresis size for automute of SC2 in FM A2 standard
07
006
NILE
100
255
NICAM lower error limit (DDEP)
50
007
NIUE
200
255
NICAM upper error limit (DDEP)
008
EPMD
001
003
DEMDEC Easy Programming (DDEP)
009
STDS
019
031
Bits multiplexed for ASD and SSS modes
010
OVMA
001
001
FM overmodulation adaption
011
FLBW
000
003
FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth
012
IDMD
000
003
FM ident speed in SSS mode
00
013
OVMT
001
002
Overmodulation level threshold relative to nominal
03
014
DCXI
000
001
NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Inverter
00
015
DCXG
000
007
NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Gain
00
016
DCLL
011
015
NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (L)
00
017
DCLH
000
031
NICAM DCXO Scaling Control Limit (H)
00
018
IDKR
001
003
IDMOD setting Korean M STD
00
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Dec
Dec
Name
Function
000
KNLL
000
255
Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Lower Byte
001
KNLH
012
255
Korean Noise Det Lower Threshold Higher Byte
002
KNHL
000
255
Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Lower Byte
003
KNHH
020
255
Korean Noise Det Upper Threshold Higher Byte
004
KLIC
060
255
Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count
005
KLIM
001
127
Korean Lost Pilot ID Maintaining Count Multiplier
006
KSDC
006
255
Korean Stereo Detect Count
00/05
200 If EPMD = 0 and STDS =
01 13 00 03/01
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
If EPMD = 0 and STDS =
(For KOREAN NTSC model only) RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
SDKC
Functionality
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
PIP
000
HPS
051
255
001
VPS
027
255
Vertical Picture Position
002
VFP
008
015
Vertical Fine Position
003
HFP
015
015
Horizontal Fine Position
004
VSP
000
001
Vertical Sync Pulse Noise Reduction
TVJ
Functionality
Function
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed) (4.3) 50
Horizontal Picture Position
VDL
000
031
Vertical Sync Pulse Delay
DLY
001
015
Selay Delay
007
AGV
011
015
Automatic Gain Control Value
008
CPD
000
003
Clamping Duration
009
PLL
000
003
Insert PLL time Constant
010
YCD
012
015
Y/C Delay Color killer Threshold
011
KIL
000
003
012
BGP
000
001
Burst Gate Position
013
DEM
001
003
Deemphase Selction
014
CMA
001
003
Chroma Bandwitch
015
IFC
002
003
IF Compensation Filter
016
HUE
032
063
HUE Control
017
SCA
006
031
Color Subcarrier Adjustment
018
CON
000
015
Contrast Adjustment
019
BRT
000
015
brightness Adjustment Peak Level Red
020
PKR
133
255
021
PKG
133
255
Peak Level Green
022
PKB
133
255
Peak Level Blue Frame Color Y
– 22 –
023
FRY
015
015
024
SAT
007
015
Color Saturation Adjustment
025
YPK
003
007
Y Peaking Adjustment Y Coring Enable
026
YCO
001
001
027
P21
000
007
PALIDL 2 and PALIDL 1
028
PAL
000
001
PAL ID Level
029
POV
000
007
Position Offset Vertical
030
POH
016
031
Position Offset Horizontal
031
CPL
001
003
Clamping Pulse Length
032
SRL
000
003
Secam Rejection Level
033
SIL
007
007
Secam Identifikation Level
034
SED
001
001
Secam divider
035
BFA
001
001
Bellfilter Adjustment
036
P12
000
003
PAL Increment 1 and 2
037
LOS
001
003
Locking Speed
038
SAL
000
007
Secam Acceptance Level
039
SEA
000
001
Secam Acceptance
040
NSR
000
007
Noise Reduction For Horizontal PLL
041
SLH
000
003
Slicing Level Threshold H
042
IAJ
000
003
I-adjustment For Horizontal PLL
043
V50
000
127
Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 50 Hz Vertical Window Noise Suppression Opening 60 Hz
044
V60
032
127
045
VNS
000
015
Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 60 Hz
046
VSC
000
015
Vertical Window Noise Suppression Closing 50 Hz Slicing Level Threshold V Polarity & SLTV
047
SVT
015
015
048
VFM
000
003
Vertical Flywheel Mode
049
VFW
000
001
Vertical Flywheel Lowpass for Vertical Sync-separation
050
LVS
000
003
051
CLA
003
003
Clamping latency
052
SCP
004
031
Start of Clamping Pulse
(4:3) 60
(16:9) 50WZ
(16:9) 60WZ
(16:9) 50N (16:9) 60N
(16:9) 50F
(16:9) 60F
(16:9) 50Z
(16:9) 60Z
Sub 50Hz
Sub 60Hz
TV
Video
SDA9288X
50/60 Hz (Sub Pic)
TV/Video
TV/Video
TV/Video
RM-GA002
005 006
(For PIP model only)
Table & Note
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
Init.
Category
TVJ Category HTV
TVJ Category OPTM
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
VMAX
000
063
Maximum Volume Level (MAX = 35+VMAX)
Volume Level
00
001
VINI
025
031
Initial Volume Level at Power on
Volume Level
00
002
STBY
000
001
Last Power Status (0 = follow the last power status, 1 = always STBY)
Last Power
00
003
IPRG
001
127
Initial Program Number at Power on (only for Multi Models)
Program Number
00
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
ASHT
006
007
Function
Function
Table & Note
Table & Note
Device Name
Device Name
Auto shut off timer (data * 5 min)
Common
Common
Initial Value (Detailed)
– 23 –
(4:3) 50
(4:3) 60
61
32/39
00/07
001
OSDB
000
015
OSD brightness
002
OSDH
008
015
OSD Horizontal Position
003
OSDV
037
063
OSD Vertical Position
004
MUTE
000
001
No Signal Mute Switch (1=enabled)
005
RFUL
015
015
RF Signal Change Counter after Unlocked (Disable when 0fh)
04/01
006
RFLK
015
015
RF Signal Change Counter after Locked (Disable when 0fh)
00/04
007
LANG
000
003
OSD language shipping condition
008
HTXT
000
001
Sync seperator sw
TV-Processor
00
009
CMSS
000
001
Sync sw
TV-Processor
01
010
DCXO
060
127
DCXO Value
011
DISC
128
255
target DISCO data for DCXO adjust by color dec
012
EXBL
000
015
Extended Blanking Timer to Eliminate White Noise
<4:3 50/60> <16:9 (50/60) (Wide)(Wide Zoom)(Normal Full)>
MMR/Micro 60h
25
XDATA/Micro 60h
08
MMR/Micro 60h 00/01
00
SFR/Micro 60h/DSP
53 128 08/04
013
TSYS
000
003
Memorize TV Sys in NVM at Test Reset [0:B/G, 1:I, 2:D/K, 3:M] (GA Model)
014
LNSW
001
001
Signal Booster Shipping/Test Reset condition (1:Auto, 0:Off)
015
LBL
001
001
Brightness Reduction At No Signal condition
016
HPRO
001
001
Hpara Offset for Picture Rotation
03
017
AVUL
015
015
Av signal change after Unlocked (Disable when 0Fh)
04
00 01
018
AVLK
015
015
Av signal change after locked ) (Disable when 0Fh)
00
023
DSTM
000
001
Disable stop mode in standby (0:stop mode, 1:disable stop mode)
00
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
01/00
Category OPUS
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
SOFF
000
001
Stay off(0:follow last memory with AC on, 1:standby with AC on)
-/00
001
SPCH
001
127
Channel Number after Shipping Condition
-/07
002
SPCA
001
001
Cable Selection after Shipping Condition (1 = Cable On)
-/01
003
OUV
000
001
Offset Control on UV input Signals (only for US)
004
CFA2
000
001
Forced Comb Filter On (only for US)
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common
Initial Value (Detailed)
Others/YUV
none
Others
YUV
-/00
-/00
-/00
(For NTSC model only)
TVJ Category OPVP
– 24 – TVJ Category OPFM
Functionality
Init.
Range
Function
Table & Note
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
BPBS
000
001
Bypass of sound bandpass filter at stereo mode (BPBS)
Device Name
Common
TV-Processor
00
001
BWYC
000
001
Bandwidth at YC mode for 3.58 MHz color system (BWYC)
00
002
OSB
000
001
Width of internal burstkey pulse of chroma demodulator (OSB)
00
003
BKC
000
001
Burst Key Position
Initial Value (Detailed) Others
SECAM
NTSC
00
01
01
NTSC/SECAM/others (PAL)
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
FMCT
001
003
FM Radio Auto Scan Carrier Threshold
15
001
RPST
003
127
Waiting time for each frequency step during radio preset
10
002
MPTU
003
015
Upper Threshold for MPX pilot detection (FM RADIO)
003
DCOU
133
255
Upper Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator
144/140
004
DCOL
117
255
Lower Threshold for DC offset from FM demodulator
118/114
005
OVMA
001
001
FM overmodulation adaption (FM RADIO)
006
FMBR
000
031
007
RTRE
000
008
RBAS
009 010
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
SSD
Common
12
SSD
00
OSD Brightness during FM Mode
MMR/Micro 60h
16
007
Treble Offset in FM Radio Mode
SSD
02
002
008
Bass Offset in FM Radio Mode
SSD
02
AGCT
045
063
AGC takeover in FM Radio Mode
TV-Processor
VIF 01 AGCT +15
FLBW
003
003
FM/AM demodulator filter bandwidth
SSD
01
RM-GA002
Functionality
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
TVJ
TVJ Category OPTB
Functionality
Init.
Range
No.
Name
Dec
Dec
000
IALL
000
001
Standard Write Switch (not memorized in NVM)
001
OPB1
000
255
Option 1 (System related)
refer page 26
002
OPB2
000
255
Option 2 (Video Signal related)
refer page 26
003
OPB3
000
255
Option 3 (Stereo Decoding related)
refer page 26
004
OPB4
000
255
Option 4 (Miscellaneous)
refer page 27
005
OPB5
000
255
Option 5 (Miscellaneous)
refer page 27
006
OPB6
000
255
Option 6 (OSD Language related)
refer page 28
Function
Table & Note
Device Name
Common x
– 25 – RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
ITEM INFORMATION No. OPB1 Item
Speed Search
KV-SW292M50 (India)
0
1
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
0
KV-SW292M61
Home Theatre
Wide Screen
M
B/G
I
D/K
DEC
0
0
1
1
1
1
79
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
79
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
79
KV-SW292M80
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
79
KV-SW292N60
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
192
SPEED SEARCH (Time of speed search)
Home Theatre Wide Screen TV System Selection
00 = disabled (original cycle speed) 01 = 4 time speed from the original 10 = 6 time speed from the original 11 = 8 time speed from the original 1 = Home Theatre mode available 1 = Wide Screen model 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
(M,B/G, I, D/K)
No. OPB2 Party Mode
Item
FM Radio
Component
Composite (SCART)
SECAM
Color Decording
DEC
KV-SW292M50 (India)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
52
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
52
KV-SW292M61
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
116
KV-SW292M80
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
52
KV-SW292N60
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
116
Party Mode FM Radio Component Composite
Party Mode Function FM Radio Function (Component [YCbCr] Terminals) (No. of Composite Terminals)
SECAM Color decoding
(SECAM Color System) (Color Crystal Selection)
0 = not available, 1 = available 0 = not available, 1 = available 0 = not available, 1 = available 00 = 1 composite terminal 01 = 2 composite terminals 10 = 3 composite terminals 11 = 4 composite terminals (BX1L FULL only) 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 00 = PAL/NTSC (Multi) 01 = NTSC (3.58MHz) 10 = PAL/NTSC (4.43MHz) 11 = PAL/NTSC (Tri-Norma)
– 26 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
No. OPB3 Reserved
NICAM ST
NICAM BI
A2 ST
Thai Bilingual
US ST
Korean ST
MONO
DEC
KV-SW292M50 (India)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
KV-SW292M61
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
112
KV-SW292M80
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
00
KV-SW292N60
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
Item
Reserved NICAM ST NICAM BI A2 ST/BI
Not used (NICAM Stereo) (NICAM Bilingual) (A2 [West German] Stereo/Bilingual) (A2 [Thai] Bilingual) or Force SAP if US ST is active (US Stereo) (Korean Stereo) (Monaural Model)
Thai Bilingual US ST Korean ST MONO
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = Stereo (SSD) Model 1 = Monaural Model
No. OPB4 Item
Sound Special
1spk Models
VM
WSS-RF
Surround
Top
Text
DEC
KV-SW292M50 (India)
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
32
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
32
KV-SW292M61
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
33
KV-SW292M80
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
32
KV-SW292N60
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
32
Sound Special 1 spk Models
Sound Special Feature 1 Speaker Models
VM WSS-RF Surround
(Velocity Modulation) WSS detection in RF mode (Surround Selection)
TOP TEXT
(Forced TOP) (Teletext Model)
– 27 –
0 = disabled 1 = enabled 0 = 2 or 3 Speaker Models, 1 = 1 speaker Models 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 00 = Off/Simulated/Surround 01 = Off/Simulated/SRS (3D) Surround 10 = Off/Simulated/WOW/TruSurround 11 = No Surround 0 = Auto Mode (TOP/FLOF), 1 = Forced TOP 0 = Non-Teletext Model, 1 = Teletext Model
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
No. OPB5 Signal Booster
MSYS ASD
COSMIC ASD
ASD
Tilt
Band Edge
IP
Wide
DEC
KV-SW292M50 (India)
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
139
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
171
KV-SW292M61
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
155
KV-SW292M80
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
139
KV-SW292N60
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
11
Item
Signal Booster MSYS ASD
Signal Booster feature (ASD Improvement for M System channels) *Only applicable when ASD = 1 Automatic Standard Detection Using COSMIC (Non-Stereo) (Automatic Standard Detection) (Tilt Correction/PIC Rotation) (VHF-H band Limit Position) (Intelligent Picture & Intelligent Picture Plus) (Wide Mode/V-Compressed)
COSMIC ASD ASD Tilt Band Edge IP Plus Wide
0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = 427.25MHz, 1 = 429.25MHz 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
No. OPB6 Item
Reserved
3D OSD
3D Comb
PiP
OSD Language Selection
DEC
KV-SW292M50 (India)
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
KV-SW292M61
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
8
KV-SW292M80
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
4
KV-SW292N60
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
10
Reserved 3D OSD
Not used (BX1L Full version GA Multi Destination ONLY)
3D Comb
3D comb feature
0 = Comb Not available 1 = Comb available
PiP
PiP feature
0 = PiP Not Available 1 = PiP available
OSD Language Selection
0 = Normal with 3D Intelligent Picture OSD 1 = Disable 3D Intelligent picture OSD
US (GA NTSC)
1x1x = Complicated Chinese 1xxx = Simplified Chinese
GA
x1xx = Arabic/Russian xx1x = Thai xxx1 = Persian/Vietnamese
– 28 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
3.3
8. Copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data to “SCOL” 50 (SECAM) video. 9. Then copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) video data and “SCOL” 50(SECAM) video data to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL” 50(SECAM) TV table. 10. For NTSC model input NTSC 75% Color Bar to TV and repeat step no. 4 to 6. 11. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust using 3 and 6 so that VB1=VB4 then write in the data as below:
PICTURE QUALITY ADJUSTMENT
3-3-1. P MAX / CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT 1. Set TV to Video mode. 2. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. 3. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV set (OTHER model) and NTSC 75% Color Bar (NTSC model). 4. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 0%, Brightness 50%. 5. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 4 (R output) of CN004. 6. Go to service mode and set PICT 003 “PWL” to 00h and WHBL 017 “BLBG” to 01h. 7. Select SADJ 000 “PMAX” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust VR with spec with 3 and 6 button until reach the spec below:
Add 5 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 25" Add 4 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 29" Add 6 steps to SCOL (NTSC) – 34" VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4
VR
VB1 = VB4 (for NTSC) (Difference is within 70mV)
Black PAL VR
12. Copy “SCOL” 60(NTSC) video data to “SCOL” 60(NTSC) TV . 13. Finally copy “SCOL” 50(PAL) and “SCOL” 60(NTSC) data to “SCOL” 50(PAL) and 60(NTSC) in DVD mode. 14. Then press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 15. Set PICT 006 “WTS” back to original data.
NTCS
34"
1.85 0.03Vpp
29"
1.57 0.03Vpp
25"
1.85 0.03Vpp
3-3-3 SUB HUE ADJUSTMENT
8. Then copy the adjusted PMAX data to TV mode. 9. Select Wide mode to “ON” in TV and Video mode and write “PMAX” data -6 steps (for models with V-Compression features only). 10. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 11. Set “PWL” and “BLBG” back to initial data. (“PWL” : 01h and “BLBG” : 00h). 12. Finally press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
3-3-2. SUB COLOR ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4.
Set TV to Video mode. Set Picture mode to “CUSTOM”. Input PAL 100% Color Bar to TV. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50% and Sharpness 50% 5. Set PICT 006 “WTS” to 00h. 6. Connect an oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004 A Board. 7. Select SADJ 004 “SCOL” with 1 and 4 button of the commander then adjust with 3 and 6 so that VB2=VB3=VB4 (for PAL) then write in the data as below:
1. Set TV to Video mode. 2. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar to TV set. 3. Set the following condition: Picture 100%, Color 50%, Brightness 50%, Hue 50%, Sharpness 50%. 4. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004. 5. Set to service mode and select SADJ 001 “SHUE” (except SW252M60K and SW292M60K) and YC 013 "TINT" (SW252M60K and SW292M60K) with 1 and 4 button then adjust to VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4 using 3 and 6 button. 6. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data. 7. Select TV channel with NTSC 3.58 and perform step 3 to 6. 8. For single system model with NTSC 4.43, select TV channel with NTSC 4.43 and perform step 3 to 6. 9. Once adjustment is completed in Video mode, carry out adjustment in DVD mode. Input NTSC 3.58 Color Bar. 10. Connect oscilloscope to pin 2 (B output) of CN004. 11. Set to service mode and adjust service item YC 013 “TINT” with 1 and 4 button until VB1=VB2=VB3=VB4. 12. Press [MUTING] t - to write the data.
VB1
Add 2 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 25" Add 3 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 29" Add 6 steps to “SCOL” (PAL) – 34"
VB3 VB4 VB2
80mV
VB1 VB2 VB3 VB4
VB2 = VB3 = VB4 (for PAL)
Illustration 1 The highest level of VB1, VB2, VB3 and VB4 should be aligned at the same line. The ideal difference between VB2 and VB3 is within + 80mV.
– 29 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
3-3-4 SUB BRIGHT ADJUSTMENT 1. Set TV to RF mode. 2. Input PAL monoscope to RF mode (OTHER model) and NTSC monoscope (NTSC model). 3. Set Brightness to 50% and Picture to “MINIMUM” in "CUSTOM" mode. 4. Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” with 1 and 4 button and adjust its data using 3 and 6 button so that the Cut Off level and slightly glimmer is as the specification below:TV size
Cut Off
Slightly Glimmer
25"
10 IRE
20 IRE + 2 steps
29"
10 IRE
20 IRE + 2 steps
34"
10 IRE
20 IRE + 2 steps
28"
10 IRE
20 IRE
32"
10 IRE
20 IRE
3-4-3. WIDE MODE 50Hz / 60Hz (V Compression Adjustment) 1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) (OTHER model) or Monoscope NTSC (NTSC model) signal using a pattern generator. 2. Set Wide Mode to “ON”. 3. Copy NORMAL MODE 50Hz/60Hz adjusted data for the following items:GEOM: 011 VSIZ, 010 VSLP, 012 SCOR and 003 VLIN 4. Select Category items listed in Table 1 except GEOM: 003 VLIN, 010 VSLP, 011 VSIZ, and 012 SCOR and adjust the data to obtain the center illustration. 5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory. 6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6 steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and save the data. Category
5. Write into the memory by pressing [MUTING] t -. 6. Copy the adjusted data WHBL 010 “SBRT” to Video mode. 7. Once adjustment is completed in RF and Video mode, carry out adjustment in DVD mode. Repeat step 2 to 3. Select WHBL 010 “SBRT” and adjust its data as the specification below:TV size
Cut Off
Slightly Glimmer
25"
10 IRE
20 IRE + 2 steps
29"
10 IRE
20 IRE
34"
10 IRE
20 IRE + 2 steps
28"
10 IRE
20 IRE
32"
10 IRE
20 IRE
Function
GEOM 000 (HPOS)
H Position
GEOM 001 (HPAR)
H Parallelogram
GEOM 002 (HBOW)
H Bow
GEOM 003 (VLIN)
Linearity
GEOM 005 (HSIZ)
EW Width
Illustration
Note: Adjust HSIZ 16.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz 14.8 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz 15.3 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz
3-4. GEOMETRY ADJUSTMENT 3-4-1. H-TRAPEZOID ADJUSTMENT 1. Receive cross hatch/dot signal. 2. Adjust RV1800 on C Board to make H-Trapezoid distortion best/to obtain the center illustration shown in Table 1.
3-4-2. NORMAL MODE 50Hz / 60Hz 1. Input PAL Special Color Bar (SPCB) or PAL Monoscope (OTHER model) and Video mode or NTSC Monoscope (NTSC model) signal using a pattern generator. 2. Set Wide Mode to “OFF”. 3. Select Category items listed in Table 1. 4. Raise and Lower the data value using 3 and 6 button to obtain the center illustration. 5. Press [MUTING] t - to save the data into the memory. 6. For Korea models, copy adjusted 60Hz to 50Hz. Add 6 steps to 50Hz “HPOS” and 3 steps to 50Hz “HSIZ” and save the data.
GEOM 006 (EWPW)
EW Parabola/Width
GEOM 007 (UCOP)
EW Upper Corner Parabola
GEOM 008 (LCOP)
EW Lower Corner Parabola
GEOM 009 (EWTZ)
EW Trapezoid
GEOM 011 (VSIZ)
V-Amplitude Note: Adjust VSIZ 12.6 + -(SPCB) _ 50Hz 11.3 + -(PAL Monoscope) _ 50Hz 11.7 + -(NTSC Monoscope) _ 60Hz
GEOM 012 (SCOR)
S-Correction
GEOM 013 (VPOS)
V-Shift
Table 1
– 30 –
FSS TUNER
CISPR/ PFC
AC in ~ 110 ~ 220V
MAIN Power Supply
Relay
Stdby Power
SIF SAW
LOW B
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM
VIF SAW
+B
AUDIO VCC
Stdy 3.3
RGB Amp
* FM Radio Function (STEREO model)
RGB Mon out
VIF & SIF
Mon out
RGB
POWER
PWM Y U
DVD in
DVD in
LCC Amp
YUV Processor
I/O Port
SECTION 4 DIAGRAMS
– 31 –
V L R
Color Decoder
Rot Amp
VM Jungle
AV1 AV3 in
Micro Text CC & V-chip
Rear AV in
V+, VEW, Hd
AV2 in
V Def H Def DF DQP
Front AV in
I/O Port
24.576MHz
Audio Amp
Stereo, DSP
L,R
D A C ATT
SIRCS
KEY buttons
LED
L,R
L
6W
R
6W
H P
NVM
RM-GA002
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
PLL
A D C
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4-2. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
C Board H4 Board F2 Board (except KV-SW292M50 (Thailand)) H7 Board A Board
VM Board J3 Board
F1 Board
4-3. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM INFORMATION Note: • All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. • All electrolytic capacitors are rated at 50V unless otherwise noted. • All resistors are in ohms. kΩ = 1000Ω, MΩ = 1000kΩ • Indication of resistance which does not have rating electrical power is as follows. Pitch: 5 mm Rating electrical power 1/4W (CHIP: 1/10W) : nonflammable resistor.
• • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
: fusible resistor. : internal component. : panel designation or adjustment for repair. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B unless otherwise noted. Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. no mark : Common ( ) : PAL [ ] : NTSC 3.58 Readings are taken with a 10MΩ digital multimeter. Voltage are dc with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. All voltage are in Volt. ✽ : Cannot be measured. Circled numbers are waveform references. : B +bus. : B –bus. k : signal path. ¢
Reference information RESISTOR : RN : RC : FPRD : FUSE : RS : RB : RW :✽ COIL : LF-8L CAPACITOR : TA : PS : PP : PT : MPS : MPP : ALB : ALT : ALR
Note:
METAL FILM SOLID NONFLAMMABLE CARBON NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR MICRO INDUCTOR TANTALUM STYROL POLYPROPYLENE MYLAR METALIZED POLYESTER METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE BIPOLAR HIGH TEMPERATURE HIGH RIPPLE
The component identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
Note: "A" board schematic diagram is divided into 3 blocks. Each block is named by its function and block "number". eg: Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack (Block 001). Joint connection between boards can be identified using the block number followed by the grid's guide. eg:-<+B 002:16F Meaning: Block 001 joint "+B" is connected to Block 002 joint "+B" located at grid 16F.
Note: The reference number which starts with Wxxx (eg: W003) indicates a wire to wire connection. Note: Components marked as XX are not fitted on this model.
– 32 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-1. C Board Schematic Diagram
4
E
R1805 1k RN-CP
N/S COIL- 1 NC 2 N/S COIL+ 3
11V
IC1801 AN15530A ROTATION AMP 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
JW1821 XX
3 4 5 FV
9
C1800 47 25V
JW1825 XX
R1822 IC1800 XX XX R1825 NS DRIVE XX C1804 10
R1821 XX
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R1814 2.2k RN-CP
R1802 1.2 FPRD
JW1804 XX
R1823 XX R1809 10k RN-CP
Q1801 R1816 MSD601-RT1 10k MUTE SW RN-CP
R1828 10k RN-CP
R1801 XX
R1803 1.2 FPRD
R1810 10k R1824 RN-CP XX JW1830 XX
5V ROTATION CIRCUIT
GND_3
IC3801 XX LCC AMP C3801 XX
CN3800 XX
G
H
LC(B) LC(E) GND 7V 11V
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
7V 1 2 3 4 5
R3801 XX JW3880 XX
TO A (Block 002) CN512
7V
TO L.C. COIL
11V
I
1
R3816 XX
D3800 XX PROTECT R3802 XX R3815 XX D3801 XX PROTECT R3800 XX
JW3821 XX
IC3800 XX LCC AMP
5V
7V
JW3822 C3800 XX XX R3805 XX R3819 XX JW3815 XX 7V JW3801 XX R3806 XX Q3800 XX PWM AMP
C3802 XX
1
2
3
4
5
D783 1SS133T-77 PROTECT
6
7
8
9
5 6
IC751 TDA6108AJF/N1 RGB AMPLIFIER D781 XX PROTECT
1
1
3
2
2 R766 XX
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D784 1SS133T-77 C790 PROTECT 68P R754 R767 CHIP GND 1 680 XX C789 R768 B OUT 2 R753 68P XX 680 G OUT 3 CHIP C788 R OUT 4 68P R752 GND 5 CHIP 680 1K 6 L750 10uH R796 XX 9V 7 R786 CN701 XX R784 7P C759 XX C756 WHT XX 22 B TO A (Block 001) R785 CN004 D786 R797 XX XX XX D785 RGB LIMITER Q701 C785 XX D787 XX XX XX RGB LIMITER BUFFER RGB LIMITER
C
5 C791 XX
R777 XX
R764 100 1/2W R765 100 1/2W C753 C751 0.1 10 250V 250V PT
R775 XX
R713 XX R778 XX
D782 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT
RGB/AMP/Rotation/Landing Correction
10
JW3824 XX
R3811 R3812 XX XX R3810 XX
JW3820 XX
7V
R3813
R3814 XX
R3804 XX
R3817 XX GND_3
Q3802 XX MUTE SW
LANDING CORRECTION CIRCUIT
– 33 –
– 34 –
1000V CN706 1P
1
GND
1
GND
1 3 4
200V GND H1
CN702 1P 1
D756 HSS82-TJ PROTECT L751 150uH R794 1 JW1751 XX
CN707 1P
TO A (Block 002) CN505
GND
D755 HSS82-TJ PROTECT
R763 100 1/2W
4
R3818 XX
J
15
CN703 3P WHT
D754 HSS82-TJ PROTECT
7V
R3809 XX
L780 5MM
6
R3807 XX R3808 XX
C786 4700p 2kV E
L752 C787 47uH 4700p SG700 R781 2kV 151942111 1.5 E R787 3W L753 JW752 XX RS 47uH XX SG701 JW753 L754 XX 151942111 47uH JW754 XX R757 1k R758 R756 1/2W 1k 1k 1/2W 1/2W
RV750 110M 0.1W
D780 XX PROTECT
C782 XX
C752 4700p 2kV R774 E 150 C754 4.7 D750 3W 250V RS GP08D PROTECT
4 11 10
1000V
R773 560k 1/2W
3
9 8 7
R795 100 1/2W
JW1833 XX
R1829 XX R1827 10k RN-CP
9
R783 XX
TO ROTATION COIL
F
11 10
C784 1000p B
Q1800 2SA1175-HFE BUFFER
GND
13
GND
R1815 220k RN-CP
JW1826 XX
C1803 100 25V
13 J752 XX
R760 100k 1/2W
1
7 8
Q1804 KTC3199GR-TP AMPLIFIER
R1812 XX
1
R1813 2.2k RN-CP
10
R1811 XX
1
6
R1800 1k
RV1800 47k
R1830 330 1/10W RN-CP R1808 4.7k RN-CP
Q1802 MSD601-RT1 PWM AMP
CN1802 3P WHT
14
1
J751 145154411
B OUT
D
13
FV
! GND
G OUT
C1809 1000 25V
JW1832 XX
D1803 1SS119-25 PROTECT R1826 XX D1804 XX PROTECT
12
R OUT
TO A (Block 002) CN507
11
VDD
JW1880 XX
10
IK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9
GND
VD+ GND 5V 15V 11V ROT_CTRL ROT_SW
JW1881 XX
8
R IN
C
CN1801 7P RED
7
5V
JW1831 XX
B
6
CN704 1P TO FBT
D1808 GP08D RECTIFIER
R1806 4.7k RN-CP
5
G IN
A
3
B IN
2
RCV
1
CN705 1P 1
R780 470k 1/2W
C781 4.7 250V
JW1713 5MM R776 XX C783 1000p B
RGB AMPLIFIER B-BX1L(05)12995-...-C..-SW292
GND
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-2. A Board — (Block 001) 4
3
6
8
7
10
9
11
12
D212 Q203 MMDL914T1 MSD601-RT1
D060 UDZ-TE17-7.5B C326 GEOMETRIC XX CORRECTION
C217 1000 R235 25V 47
R229 33k C215 2200
R210 15k C212 XX D213 MMDL914T1 SWITCH
R236 10k RN-CP
C213 0.1 R2644 4.7 FPRD
C218 22 D211 XX
R247 XX
R218 0
D200 DA204K
D201 MMDL914T1 SWITCH
C100 1000p B R116 100 RN-CP
C216 22 R217 330
D108 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT TP101
C101 10
CN208 XX
30V
C138 1000p B L106 100uH C120 470 16V C137 XX C143 1000p B FB100 0uH
D110 MMDL914T1 D111 MMDL914T1 R155 22k RN-CP C142 XX
3 2
CN202 6P TO H7 BOARD CN3903
JR1980 0 CHIP
JW1093 XX
C231 0.047
1
CN204 XX TO B BOARD CN206
5V
A
4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8
C_IN Y/V1_IN
ROUT LOUT
C113 4700p B
33V
R103 R119 33 33 RN-CP RN-CP
L102 *
JR1181 0 CHIP C102 R115 100p 100 CH RN-CP
JW1088 XX
TU102 *
D107 XX R154 1k RN-CP
C111 C141 0.01 * 25V JR1186 * B CHIP CT131 D109 * RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT C104 100p C107 CH 470 L100 16V 100uH Q100 MSD601-RT1 BUFFER
R118 100 RN-CP C106 10 R100 1k RN-CP C133 * 33V
D105 *
C108 470 16V
CT139 *
L104 47uH
C136 100 16V
C109 4700p B
R148 *
(Block 001)
Q111 * SWITCH
9V R150 *
D106 * R149 *
R131 *
R146 * 1/10W RN-CP
R931 68
R921 220k
C915 470p
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R915 220k
D907 R905 39k XX
C906 1 10V :CHIP
R916 220k
C902 0.22
COMB_C GND COMB_Y GND L IN GND R IN TO B BOARD CN1424
E
CN906 5P TO H7 BOARD CN3908
14 15 13
R OUT
12
L OUT
11
MON OUT
F
R2
7
L2
6
V2
4 5 3
R1
G
C912 470p 2
L1
C913 470p 1
R917 68
V1
SWF101 1 * 2 D102 XX
5
TUNER 3 4 CN100 1P
5
H
TO F1 BOARD CN4603
JR1100 R126 * XX
Q104 * SWITCH
TO B BOARD CN1418 D TO J3 BOARD CN2410
1 R IN 2 GND 3 L IN 4 GND 5 CV IN
8
R957 68 C907 1 10V :CHIP
D100 * BUFFER
CN010 5P WHT
CN905 XX
C910 470p
C914 470p
D906 R909 XX 39k
R111 R112 R114 JR1102 * * * XX
L101 * R108 C112 * C140 * RN-CP * R110 C115 C116 * * B Q102 4700p R113 2SC3779C,D-AA * AMPLIFIER R107 RN-CP L103 * RN-CP * R109 C117 * * CHIP CH
DVDY-IN GND DVDU-IN GND DVDV-IN
R928 68
C911 470p
R920 220k
SWF100 * 1 3 2 4
C139 0.01 25V B
R106 4.7k RN-CP
5V
JW1089 XX JW1090 XX JW1091 XX JW1092 XX
7V
6 5 4 3 2 1
– 35 –
C221 XX 25V
R234 47 C214 1000 25V
3 2
D202 MMDL914T1 SWITCH
R248 XX R219 330
C232 0.047
MON-MUTE
5V
TU101 *
R327 XX
R220 0 CHIP
C961 0.22
D908 XX
R996 XX
C325 XX
R924 470k
C908 1 10V :CHIP
L1_IN
Q009 XX ABL BUFFER
1 2 3 4 5
C
9
D922 XX
R922 100
DVD-RIN DVD-LIN GND
10
R908 39k
D903 XX
R919 100 D062 RD5.6SB-T1 SLICER
R913 470k
B
C135 0.01 25V B
JR1135 XX
L105 XX
1
JR1109 XX R128 * CHIP
R127 XX RN-CP
FB105 *
I
Q103 * SWITCH
C131 *
I
CF101 XX O BP F G
C132 * R153 * J
JR1101 *
SIFIN2 SIFIN1
12
R230 10k
MON-OUT
R925 100
3 2 1
J901 9P
2SIF VIFIN1 VIFIN2
OUTR/NC
STBY
OUTL
MUTE
VCC
11
10
CVBS0
L2_IN
M-SYS-IF
5V
R929 68 C928 1 16V F
R971 XX CHIP
CN907 3P TO J3 BOARD CN2410
C957 470p
C954 XX
R914 470k
C909 D902 R907 1 39k 10V XX :CHIP
V2_IN R972 100 R1_IN
IFVO
9
SVIN
ROUT LOUT R1_IN
9V 001:10B;001:3A; 002:16D;002:1I
D210 XX
C230 XX
8
R232 XX RN-CP
SUIN
SYIN
R301 C077 2.2M 0 RN-CP CHIP R304 680k RN-CP
E0
IC003 BR24L16F-WE2 NVM C959 470p R954 220k
D900 XX
R2_IN R923 100
L1_IN FSC
R061 680 RN-CP
C057 0.01 25V B
9V
AS SCL SDA
SYIN SUIN SVIN
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 HOUT 62 AFC 63 VM 64
96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
IFVO
AGCOUT
R212 0 CHIP
7
PW_GND
IN C/NC
6
1
K
D066 MMDL914T1
AGC-MUTE
R240 2.2k RN-CP
R241 2.2k RN-CP R233 XX
5
C210 100
C211 10 D209 XX
R242 22k RN-CP
R088 * RN-CP
C305 100 C069 25V 0.1 16V C070 B 0.1 16V C061 B 4700p C316 B 0.47 10V B
E1
VCC
R951 XX C921 0.22 R946 16V R942 39k B 68 RN-CP C919 C916 1 470p 10V R941 220k B R945 C918 39k RN-CP 1 10V R940 C917 220k 470p B
D905 R901 XX 100 MON-MUTE Q902 MUN2216T1 C903 470 16V
5V L003 10uH
C073 2.2
E2
C901 2.2 R910 16V 470
ROUT
L004 47uH
ABL 002:5L
C209 0.47
4
002:5L EWD-DEFL VD--DEFL 002:1K VD+-DEFL 002:1J
C238 2.2 16V F
C072 0.01 25V B
R903 100
D206 XX
VGUARD-DEFL 002:5L
C204 0.1
C064 2.2
C900 2.2 16V D901 CHIP R906 470 XX
LOUT
SDA SCL
7V 002:16C
J
3
D204 MMDL914T1 SWITCH
R221 1k RN-CP
SPL GND GND
R207 6.8k
C303 100 16V
D205 C220 MMDL914T1 10 C219 220 16V
PH_L SP L GND GND SP R PH_R
R205 5.6k
R202 5.6k C206 6800p 25V :CHIP
2
R211 15k
Q202 MSB709-RT1 AC MUTE
GND AUDIO VCC AUDIO VCC
R204 3.3k
1
D203 MMDL914T1 SWITCH
002:16C AUDIO_VCC AUDIO_GND 002:13A
C203 0.047 16V R203 :CHIP 8.2k
C237 XX
IN L
LSR
C201 R201 0.1 3.3k 16V :CHIP C200 C236 0.1 R200 XX C205 C207 16V C235 8.2k 0.47 0.1 :CHIP 470p
C208 6800p 25V :CHIP
S_GND
R208 6.8k
RF
TO B BOARD CN205
C234 470p
R238 100
IN R/NC
CN203 XX
C599 XX
C318 XX
SCL WC
R953 C958 R952 220k 1 39k 10V CHIP C930 0.22 R930 16V 68 B C929 1 16V F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CN015 XX TO B BOARD CN1425 SDA SCL GND RESET AFT GND FSC
R386 XX RN-CP
SDA GND
Q901 MUN2216T1
IC200 AN17808A
9V C202 0.047 16V R237 :CHIP 100
OUTC/NC
I
1 2 3 4
LSL
R5030 XX
L3_IN V2_IN R2_IN L2_IN C_IN Y/V1_IN DVD-R DVD-L MON-OUT
1M RN-CP
D064 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT R315 4.7k RN-CP
C319 XX
IF
C033 1000P B
1.8V
AUDIO
LSL OUT GND LSR OUT MUTE
YOUT YSYNC YIN UIN VIN VDDCOMB VSSCOMB
R314 16V 4.7k B R316 RN-CP 6.8k C324 RN-CP R306 100 1.2k 16V RN-CP
R3_IN
30V
L008 10uH
C085 0.1 16V B
C094 XX
R046 100 RN-CP C049 C050 0.022 10 D065 25V B C081 RD5.6SB-T1 1000p PROTECT C044 B R355 2.2 C080 C042 10V 22k 1000p 0.22 B RN-CP B
16V
L032 10uH
W001 W002 W003
LSR LSL COMB_C COMB_Y/V3 R3_IN
33V 002:16E
002:16C STBY_SW 002:16F ROT_SW ROT_CTRL 002:16G 1.8V_MAIN 002:16D
R051 39k RN-CP
C055
L3_IN
5V
L010 10uH
C089 1000p B R048 * 100 RN-CP
R948 D917 100 XX RN-CP PROTECT R950 D916 100 XX RN-CP R949 D915 100 XX RN-CP
5V
AGC
L033 10uH
9V
C048 0.22 C052 16V 1000p B B R045 100 C046 RN-CP 6800p 25V
COMB_Y/V3
CVBS0
AS SCL SDA
3.3V
C304 100 25VR044 X001 12k 181331121 RN-CP R011 C300 100 RN-CP 0.22 16V C032 C034 B XX XX R305 C041 L036 2200p 0 L037 B 10uH C040 CHIP C031 10uH 2700p B 470
C029 22
9V
AGC
R300 C022 * 0.22 C019 16V 0.22 B 16V C024 B 22 C092 L040 470 R398 330uH 16V XX
DVDU DVDV
2SIF
C311 0.1 16V B
D913 RD5.6SB-T1 PROTECT D912 XX PROTECT D911 W900 XX PROTECT D919 R947 XX XX RN-CP
5V
R060 R388 100 68k RN-CP RN-CP C063 C065 R311 0.1 3.3 47k 16V RN-CP B R310 R312 D061 560 120k MMDL914T1 RN-CP RN-CP R383 ABL * C079 R309 XX 1M C058 R313 R389 C329 RN-CP R326 1000p 120k 100 68p R390 XX B RN-CP 1/10W CH 1M RN-CP C084 XX R303
AGCOUT
W059
99 SIFIN2
M-SYS-IF
TP02
97 EHTO
C327 0.22 W060 16V B
OCP-PROTECT 002:16C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
M-SYS-IF
1.8V
8
98 AGCOUT
Q013 XX (RESET)
9V
9 10
100 SIFIN1
3.3V
D068 RD5.6SB-T1
101 GNDIF
R365 XX
R362 XX
DVD-R
6
MON_OUT VP2 AGC2SIF VCC8V INTC0_IF IFVO/IF_MON_OUT SIFAGC/SCART PLLIF GND MONO_OUTL DECSDEM OUTR OUTL D1 RIN D1 LIN AVL/2SIF
102 IREF
JW1611 XX
Q017 MSD601-RT1 RESET
104 VIFIN2 103 VSC
R361 5.6k RN-CP
C095 XX C307 C002 XX 47 3.3V 35V CH D921 C960 1 XX R955 10V PROTECT 39k CHIP D920 XX PROTECT
IC001 *
R384 XX RN-CP
R095 0 C001 100p CHIP CH
R002 100 RN-CP
COMB_C
7
105 VIFIN1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C321 XX 1.8V
D073 XX R024 100 RN-CP C975 1000p C320 XX C013 C014 XX L012 0.22 10uH JR1081 0 CHIP 16V R387 B R992 0 CHIP 100 D070 RN-CP R026 XX C083 100 RN-CP XX CH R025 100 RN-CP C018 L013 0.22 10uH AGC-MUTE 16V B D069 XX
R900 100
C976 XX
DVDY
R058 R156 0 XX CHIP R056 R397 1k RN-CP 100k RN-CP TP04
C054 0.1 C053 16V 0.022 B 25V B
CVBS0 SCARTHPR 5 SCARTHPL LSR 4 LSL C1 CVBS1/Y1 INR1 INL1
106 VD+
C322 R015 47 1.5k RN-CP R360 35V 18k RN-CP Q016 MSD601-RT1 C310 RESET XX 16V B
R382 4.7k RN-CP
R023 XX
C091 100p CH
R363 3.3k RN-CP
R379 100 RN-CP
107 VD-
D072 MMDL914T1 PROTECT
R380 100 RN-CP
C011 0.22 16V B
R904 1k
R393 R902 XX 1k Q900 MSB709-RT1
C003 100p CH
R004 100 RN-CP
R317 2.2k RN-CP
L005 10uH
CVBS2/Y2 INR2 INL2
109 DECBG
3.3V
C309 10
5V
D005 XX PROTECT
R976 XX R912 100
DVD-L
R356 XX
SIFIN1 SIFIN2
H
SIRCS GND KEY 9V MUTE CN017 XX
L009 10uH
C090 100p CH
108 EWD
G
KEY 9V CN016 XX TO H7 BOARD CN3911 3.3V GND LED G LED R
R340 10k RN-CP
Q018 UN2211
L038 10uH
C328 XX
C302 10
C005 0.1 25V :CHIP
C956 100 16V
C306 0.1 16V B
Q012 XX (FSC BUFFER)
3.3V
C315 XX
D007 XX PROTECT
CVBS3 INR3 INL3 C2
110 SECPLL
SIRCS GND
3.3V
R029 C020 100 0.1 R030 RN-CP 16V 100 B RN-CP
111 GND1
3.3V GND LED G LED R
R014 100 RN-CP C308 0.1 16V B
D006 MMDL914T1
1.8V
5V
D356 MMDL914T1
3
112 PH1LF
CN014 7P TO H7 BOARD CN3905 3.3V 1 GND 2 LED G 3 LED R 4 SIRCS 5 GND 6 KEY 7
R096 220 RN-CP
2
1
113 PH2LF
F
DGC-RELAY 002:1D
C021 100p CH R337 470 R012 2.2k C012 RN-CP RN-CP 0.22 R339 16V 100 RN-CP B R341 100 RN-CP R381 R392 4.7k 100 RN-CP RN-CP
C036 100 25V
R975 100 RN-CP R994 XX C323 0.1 16V B
114 VP1
L011 10uH R399 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP
HD SW SDA1 VDDC2 VSSC2 B INT D1_JP/MONSW_MONO MOMUTE-AUDIO DGC RELAY AUDIO MUTE Wide Zoom SCL0 SDA0 VDDP(3.3V) RESET ROT CTRL ROT SW STBY_SW AFT D1_JP/MODE1_EU/ATT VDDC(1.8V) DECV1V8 KEY AGC DETECT VSSC1/P RED LED GREEN LED VDDC3(1.8V) VSSC3 AGC-MUTE SECAM L-L
115 DECDIG
B_DAT B_INT
SIRCSC
116 VGUARD
9V
R006 100 R020 XX
117 VSSA1
R007 56k C010 470p
R097 220 RN-CP
Q015 UN2211 PROTECT R323 100 C004 470p
118 XTALOUT
B_CLK
R010 10k RN-CP
R001 4.7k RN-CP
R003 4.7k RN-CP
R099 220 RN-CP
C028 0.1 16V B
119 XTALIN
D
D002 MMDL914T1 3.3V POWER SUPPLY
R322 0 CHIP
C056 100 25V
C037 R364 2.2 470 16V RN-CP F
C301 470p CH
120 VREF_POS_HPR
R338 4.7k RN-CP
3.3V
C023 C096 0.22 XX 16V C097 B W004 XX XX TP03
R395 4.7k RN-CP
R336 10k RN-CP
C038 0.1 16V B
L035 10uH
122 VREF_POS_LSR+HPL
1.8V
VDDADC(1.8) 33
1.8V
L031 10uH
128 VSSP2
1.8V_AUDIO 002:16D
L006 10uH C030 C026 0.22 16V 47 B 35V
123 VREF_NEG_LSL+LSR
3.3V
D023 XX PROTECT
R009 XX
R008 XX
R993 XX
L007 10uH
C098 D024 0.22 XX 16V PROTECT B
C025 0.22 16V B
Q002 MSB709-RT1 C088 10p CH
VSSADC 34 VDDA2 35 VDDA(1.8) 36 GNDA 37 VREF AD 38 VREFAD_PO 39 VREFAD_NE 40 R038 VDDA(3.3V) 41 100 RN-CP B OUT 42 R039 100 RN-CP G OUT 43 R041 100 RN-CP R OUT 44 R042 2.2k RN-CP IK 45 ABL 46 VP3 47 R974 GND3 48 100 RN-CP DVDU B-Y/BIN 49 DVDY Y/GIN 50 R973 100 RN-CP DVDV R-Y/RIN 51 SCARTFBL 52 VOUT 53 UOUT 54
5V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
BUS CONNECTOR
D025 XX PROTECT
127 VSSC4
D003 MMDL914T1 5V POWER SUPPLY
R089 330 RN-CP
R995 XX R396 XX
C009 0.1 25V
C008 0.1 25V
5V
Q300 XX
R098 XX
C051 XX
C071 XX C007 0.1 25V
R005 1k RN-CP
D059 MMDL914T1 B MUTE
C591 0 :CHIP
R5034 470k RN-CP
C594 XX
CN904 XX
E
R5011 3.9k RN-CP
121 VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR
C589 XX
C596 XX R5014 2.2M RN-CP C590 4700p B
124 VREF_POS_LSL
D067 XX
B_INT
R5009 470k RN-CP
C015 10
SDA SCL AFT RESET
C
5V
B_CLK B_DAT
5 4 3 2 1
B CLK B DAT B INT GND AGC
5V
R5013 2.2M RN-CP
125 VDDA3(3.3V)
9V
BUS CONNECTOR
C592 1000P :CHIP
C068 XX
5V
VIFIN1 VIFIN2
R5010 10k RN-CP R5012 15k RN-CP Q515 MSD601-RT1 RGB MUTE R5033 100 RN-CP
C962 2.2 16V F
L902 47uH
9V 5V D058 MMDL914T1 G MUTE
126 VDDC4(1.8)
R5008 100k RN-CP
Q001 UN2211 (RGB MUTE)
3.3V
1
JACK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9V
D057 MMDL914T1 R MUTE
3.3V
3.3V 001:4A;002:16B
TV OUT GND TVR TVL GND Y IN C IN MON MUTE
FBP 002:1I
9V GND NC +B
9V
9V
3 2
A
MON-MUTE SDA SCL RESET AFT FSC
C006 100 16V
CN903 * 4
16
C922 10
9V
B CLK B DAT B INT GND
15
CN011 XX TO B BOARD CN1419
IF
C093 100 16V
CN009 XX TO B BOARD CN880
1 2 3 4
TO VM BOARD CN5901
1 VM 2 GND
CN005 XX
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PROCESSOR
B
14
13
SY-IN GND SU-IN GND SV-IN SEL_IN HP_OUT VP_OUT ROT_SW
CN004 7P WHT TO C BOARD CN701
002:16F +B HOUT-DEFL 002:1G AFC-DEFL 002:1G
To VM BOARD CN5901
GND B OUT G OUT R OUT GND IK 9V
9V 001:10B;001:13K: 002:16D:002:1I
A
5
CN003 XX
5V 001:10B;002:16D: 002:9J
2
3.3V 001:15A;002:16B
1
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292
K
Processor/Audio/Tuner/Jack
– 36 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-3. A Board — (Block 002) 10
9
12
11
13
14
! T603 *
*
R6015 *
! TH600 180580811
~ D648 * C683 470
C685 *
R6017 XX
D607 D4SB60L RECTIFER
C614 4700p 500V E
D658 D657 UDZS-TE17-12B MMDL914T1 CLAMP SWITCH
C629 0.01 16V B
D668 MMDL914T1
JR1684 0 CHIP
R600 XX
D651 XX D652 R606 XX XX
R603 XX R604 XX
R6011 XX
R605 XX
9V
R6010 XX C695 XX
R6004 * PH602 Q616 XX XX REGULATOR
D654 XX
C633 1000p CH
R653 100 RN-CP
D660 *
C691 *
8
OCP Vc2
7
R672 D622 10k R6030 MTZJ-T-77-15 RN-CP XX C648 R673 10 0.1 FPRD
C692 0.01 B
R662 330 RN-CP
E TO F2 BOARD CN6602
C650 680p 1kV
C651 680p 1kV
C653 0.047 800V PP C652 220 35VD633 10ERB20-TB5 RECTIFIER
12
S R6008 * FPRD D631 MM3Z15VT1 R676 Q608 0.1 CLAMP 2SK3561 2W D626 SWITCH RB MTZJ-T-77-15 CLAMP R6007 R678 * 2.2k R677 1.2k CHIP
C647 10
8
15
9
17
51
6
7
18 14
9V
PH601 ON3171-R PHOTO COUPLER
R660 0 CHIP
FL606 0.45uH
! PS603 5A 90V
FL605 0.45uH
C659 680p 1kV C661 470p 1kV R
C657 680p 1kv
Vcc
N.C.
OUT
N.C.
3.3V 001:4A;001:15A
W604
C696 47 35V
R6021 XX
11V D071 MMDL914T1 PROTECTION
C660 680p 1kV
1
W605 C604 XX
CN619 XX TO B BOARD CN1417
1 2 3
11V 7V GND
CN620 XX TO B BOARD CN1428
001:1H STBY_SW OCP-PROTECT 001:8K 7V 001:6K AUDIO_VCC 001:4K
R6024 * RN-CP
C119 0.01 B
I
1
2
3
4
D103 MTZJ-33B
5V 001:3A;001:10B;002:9J
5V
001:1D 1.8V_AUDIO 1.8V_MAIN 001:1H
IC604 NJM78M09FA 9V REGULATOR
C699 22
C605 XX
R6012 * 33V
L600 33uH
C686 220 16V
C682 100 16V
G
C606 0.1 25V F
C
30V
L039 2.2uH
4
W603
7V
W602
3
D663 MMDL914T1 CLAMP D666 IC606 MMDL914T1 PQ018EF01SSH CLAMP 1.8V REGULATOR
9V
C118 22
2
R6023 * RN-CP
W606 XX
R121 22k 3W RS
30V GND 11V 7V GND
7V
D664 1SS133T-77
B
1 2 3 4 5
D
9V 001:13K;001:3A; 002:1I;001:10B
O
C607 XX
C678 100 16V
D662 MA2ZD14001S0 CLAMP
C610 0.47 C680 100 16V R6027 * RN-CP
R6025 * RN-CP
E C690 * R6026 * RN-CP
33V 001:12K
DEFLECTION C512 XX
F
HOUT-DEFL 001:9A
R534 0 CHIP R523 XX
C564 XX
JW1523 5.0MM C510 XX
R599 27k RN-CP
R543 5.6k 1W RS
Q506 2SK3462 H-DRIVE R531 15 XX
1
R535 100 RN-CP
D504 EL1Z PIN OUT
FB501 XX
R525 470k RN
Q505 IRF614
R533 1k
15V
135V
OCP CIRCUIT R5020 1 3W D548 RS 1SS133T-77 SWITCH C597 100 16V
S502 157270711
R508 27 R509 R584 3W L513 R515 * R519 RS 1.5Mh 100 XX 220 3W 3W JW1515 D528 XX FR104-A5 SNUBBER JW1583 R511 5.0MM 33 R5029 3W JW1584 5 100 JW1511 3W L511 D527 7.5 100uH FR104-A5 R510 RECTIFIER 47 3W RS R583 XX
R5025 4.7k RN-CP R5026 240k RN
R5021 1.5k RN-CP R5022 270k RN Q516 2SA1091-O SWITCH R5023 330k
R5024 100k RN-CP
D547 1SS133T-77 SWITCH
C580 XX
18 19
C530 R573 0.022 27k PT RN-CP
R590 C566 220k XX RN
4 T508 XX PMT W504
C565 22 200V C558 33 160V :CHIP W502
D523 EL1Z
HV
1
1
HV
FOCUS
2
13
4
4
2
2
R5036 15k RN
6
R549 15k RN
SCREEN 6
6
5
12
3
5 3
FV
14 3
FV
11V 11
SV
SV
13
13
11
11
10
10
9
Vcc
F.B.-PLS
Vee
OUT-PUT
Vcc(OUT)
REF-VOLT
2
3
4
5
6
7
L501 XX
C531 2.2 C533 470 25V
JW1501 5.0MM
C537 220 C532 470 25V
K R520 6.8k RN-CP C527 0.01 B
C536 XX
R569 XX
C578 1000p B C546 XX
13
C550 0.1 100V MPS R578 R586 1 XX 2W RS TH500 XX THERMISTOR
5V
R577 220 2W RS
L503 XX
D521 EL1Z RECTIFIER
8 9
9
8
8
7
7
7
L581 D522 XX D2L20U RECTIFIER
T506 XX
R593 0.47 1/2W FPRD
T507
C556 470 25V
XX
C540 0.33 C557 JW1504 MPS C587 470 R568 5.0MM 0.1 25V 1.5 100V Q512 FPRD PT R5000 C588 2SC1623-L5L6 1000P BUFFER 22k CHIP RN-CP D513 FR104-A5 R5002 R5051 C595 RECTIFIER 10k XX XX RN-CP D536 R5001 47k RD5.6ESB2 D537 R571 CLAMP MMDL914T1 R5003 RN-CP 4.7k PROTECTOR 4.7k RN-CP RN-CP
L
– 37 –
R555 4.7k 1W RS
R554 15k RN
1 3 4
DY1 6P TO DY 200V GND H1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
HCT HCT N.C SMART SMART N.C H_DYH_DY-
1 2
-15V -15V
R5031 12k RN 1
L514 D529 2.2mH 1SS133T-77 PROTECT C5073 0.022 200V C573 XX JW1035 R556 7.5MM 3.3k RN-CP R5035 XX
1 1 R539 XX
R5015 D530 100k RN-CP MTZJ-T-77-9.1A PROTECT
135V
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
!
H.DYV.DY
F
G
V.DY
CN505 XX TO C BOARD CN703
H
CN501 XX TO WD BOARD CN8903
CN510 XX
-15V 002:5L
! T503 *
R591 0.47 FPRD
I
TO WD BOARD CN8903 CN504 XX
DF
GND CN509 XX GND CN002 XX VD+ 11V FBP GND GND NC 135V
TO D3 BOARD CN2803 TO DL BOARD CN8801
J
CN503 XX
TO D3 BOARD CN2800 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 002)-SW292 TO DL BOARD CN8800
A
K
(Block 002)
Power Supply / Deflection
-15V 002:16I ABL 001:9K EWD-DEFL 001:7K
Q513 MSB709-RT1 BUFFER
1
JW1503 5
001:7K VGUARD-DEFL
R5005 100 RN-CP
D5007 XX R5050 PROTECT 0 CHIP
11
12 DRV-IN
R526 4.7k RN-CP
R553 15k RN
5 14
5V
J
20
R594 0.47 1/2W FPRD
VD+
IC503 STV9325 V-OUT
H+ H+ HHVV+
135V HV
10
C513 0.01 25V CHIP
1 2 3 4 5 6
200V
T505 142698171
C554 4700p 200V CHIP
H.DY
11V
1
15V
DY
17
FBT
H-
5V
VD+ GND CN507 5V 7P RED 15V 11V TO C BOARD CN1801 ROT_CTRL ROT_SW 001:1H ROT_SW ROT_CTRL 001:1H GND 7V 11V CN512 XX TO C BOARD CN3800
11V
135V
R587 R580 R582 3.9k 0 680k RN-CP CHIP C559 CHIP XX D546 XX R546 CLAMP 0 CHIP
V-DRIVE R522 6.8k RN-CP R5006 4.7k RN-CP
1 2 3
7V
C548 XX
7
JR1582 0 CHIP
C574 4.7 160V
L515 145910400 R507 4.7 FPRD C577 0.15 200V PT S501
4 3 5
R567 220k RN-CP
L507 10mH
C568 ! 470P C570 500V 1 250V PP L512 XX
! C567 0.68 400V PP
R574 XX
R542 C593 10k 100p RN-CP R5016 CH 10k RN-CP
R570 6.8k RN-CP
C534 XX
D509 RD5.6SB-T1 CLAMP
C584 100p CH
4 3
1 R585 2.2 FPRD
2
FBP 001:12A
R565 18k RN-CP
R506 22k RN-CP R551 12k RN
C585 XX
I
4
1
C572 0.15 250V PP
R597 680 RS
JW1568 5.0MM
1
L518 47uH
3 C521 10
R581 10k RN-CP
3 5
R588 XX C561 XX
9
9V 001:10B;001:13K; 001:3A;002:16D
2
D545 D532 MMDL914T1 MMDL914T1 PROTECTOR SWITCH
D550 XX
C598 2.2 10V CHIP
C553 680p 2kV B
R589 XX
8
1
R505 100k RN-CP C502 1500p CH
R550 0 CHIP D551 XX R5017 XX
IC502 NJM2903M PIN CONTROL
5
+ -
R552 2.2k RN-CP
R5028 3.3k
C517 0.01 25V B 6
D5018 TP602 FMU-G16S POST PIN TP603 POST PIN
D518 XX DUMPER
R5027 150k RN
7
TP605 POST PIN
2
3 4
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
R500 1k RN-CP
11V
4
8
R532 XX
FB502 XX
FB503 XX
TP604 POST PIN
4
3
JW1545 5.0MM
16
R560 10k RN-CP
C504 XX
S
! C539 0.056 630V PP
C552 680p 2kV B
10
C506 33 160V
R562 ! 47 T501 143719551 JW1521 10.0MM
Q511 TT2142 H-OUT
T504 143385011 HLT
15V
D519 ERC06-15S DUMPER
1
C507 220p 500V B
C528 XX
5
C523 470p 500V B C519 470p 500V B
S
JW1544 5.0MM
W503
4
3
D533 XX PROTECTOR
PIN CORRECTION
H
C514 0.047 200V PT
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
L519 XX
! 135V C538 20000 D517 1.2kV TP502 ERC06-15S POST PIN PP DUMPER
JW1557 XX
+ -
C581 XX C551 XX
5V
H+ 15V
R557 XX
JW1579 XX
R579 XX
+B 001:9A
5V R527 XX
R596 680 3W RS
R5032 680 3W RS
H-DRIVE
VD--DEFL 001:7K
5
C698 *
Q618 MSB709-RT1
TO F2 BOARD CN6603
VD+-DEFL 001:7K
4
Q617 *
R6000 R699 D644 * RN-CP MMDL914T1 56K RN-CP SWITCH R698 C679 Q612 10k 0.47 10V CHIP MSD601-RT1 B SWITCH
C603 XX
C663 330 160V
FL601 1.1uH
3
IC607 KIA78R05API REGULATOR
D638 RB085T-60 RECTIFIER D636 RB085T-60 RECTIFIER C666 2200 25V
FL600 1.1uH
C681 100 16V
R6001 * RN-CP
D655 XX SWITCH
C693 C662 XX 3300 L690 16V 10uH
C656 680p 1kV
D635 D4SBL20U SENSING
! T601 1443069111
R679 0 CHIP
! PS601 5A 90V
FL607 0.45uH
2
R607 * RN-CP
JR1681 * CHIP
! PS602 5A 90V
2
C670 *
R684 XX
R6009 * RN-CP
! PS600 5A 90V
FL604 0.45uH
D637 D10SBS4F
C667 2200 50V
JW1688 12.5MM 10
R687 2.2k R696 0 RN-CP CHIP
REGULATOR
C668 XX
! FL603 5A 90V
R675 10k RN-CP
!
S_VCC 5 4 3 2 1
AFC-DEFL 001:9A
1
Q607 2SK3561 SWITCH
Q614 UN2211 SWITCH
C658 0.01 B
1
Q613 MSB709-RT1 SWITCH
OVP CIRCUIT
R695 18k RN-CP D640 RD18ESB
Q609 KTC3199GR-TP SWITCH
! FL602 5A 90V
1
P_CONT BIAS MAIN_ON S_GND CN608 XX GRN
R690 1K FPRD
FB601 0uH
S
R694 68k RN-CP
R6013 * RN-CP
C655 1000 35V
D632 * ! T605 *
D625 UF4005/23 CLAMP
C665 XX
C654 *
R642 0.1 1W RF R664 FB602 R669 270k 0uH RN-CP 1k R670 D629 FPRD 10 FPRD MM3Z15VT1
IC602 MCZ3001DB SW REGULATOR D665 UDZSTE-1736B
D659 *
R6005 *
R6006 XX
5
P_GND 4 DL 3 DH 2 P_VCC 1
CN607 XX GRN
G
C635 C636 10 4.7 C632 4.7
12 11 10
C601 220 16V
R601 4.7k RN-CP
RY603 XX
RY601 *
Rt VS GND VB Timer SS VG(L) Vc1P-GND
16 15 14
CN606 XX TO F2 BOARD CN6601 M_SENSE 1 S_SENSE 4
R659 XX
D667 MMDL914T1 JW1610 XX
!
R654 R6028 9.1k * RN-CP RN-CP R661 R6029 * 220k RN-CP RN-CP C630 XX Vsense VD R657 F/B XX Ct VG(H)
7 8 9
Q600 MSD601-RT1 SWITCH
JR1683 0 CHIP
R651 470 RN-CP
C631 1000p 100V PP R652 12k RN-CP
JW1695 XX
D653 XX
D600 1SS119-25
9
C649 *
18
!
4
6
C623 XX
VD600 *
RY600 175519811
JW1659 7.5MM
001:1E DGC-RELAY
C646 *
1 2 3 4 5 6
! C600 0.22 PT
3
D627 *
D614 * PROTECTOR
D661 MTZJ-T-77-15
CN602 2P DGC CHECKING
C639 *
C627 *
D613 * PROTECTOR
C621 JW1621 * 10 C616 R639 4700p * 500V E JW1696 JW1639 XX XX C620 C619 * *
JW1694 XX
DGC CHK 2 DGC CHK 1
D
1
JW1607 XX
R613 8.2M 1W RN
!
JW1609 ! R622 C609 22.5MM 0.22 470p 10W 250V RB ! B RY602 175539511
5
6
4
~
C628 *
C637 R681 1000p 10k B 14 RN-CP
1
C684 *
R686 XX
6
7
JW1698 XX
DGC 2 DGC 1 C
3
R6020 *
R638 *
O COM
3.3V
13
7
CN603
FB600 0uH
JW1697 XX
1 R665 *
~
8
CN601 * DGC COIL DGC 3 NC 2 DGC 1
R6014 *
JW1608 17.5MM
C638 *
~
4
! C697 0.22 PT
AC IN 2 AC IN 1
8
JW1683 XX
C626 *
VD602 *
C615 4700p 500V E
3
B
2
! C608 470p 250V B
C613 4700p 500V E
2
TO H4 BOARD CN1651
JW1682 XX
VD601 180499511
D647 10ERB20-TB5 RECTIFIER
1
1
! CN600 2P
I
C602 XX
IC603 EK1135
TH601 *
IC610 BA18BCOWFP-E2 3.3V REGULATOR
CTL
STANDBY CIRCUIT D617 * 1
R6022 * RN-CP
IC605 KIA78D33F REGULATOR
Vcc
POWER SUPPLY
16
15
A
1
CHOKE COIL
8
GND
CN605 XX WHT
A
7
OUT
6
5
IN
4
AUDIO_GND 001:4K
3
IC_GND 003:1C
2
PFC OUT 3 PFC IN
1
L
– 38 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4-3-4. A Board — (Block 003) 1
2
3
A Mount Mecha A001
409311901
Mount Mecha A002 410268311
4
A
IC001 CLP002
Mount Mecha A200
406846881
IC200
Mount Mecha A503
X40360521
IC503
B
B
C IC_GND 002:8A
R6016 *
R6019 *
Mount Mecha A604 407215201
IC604
Mount MechaA6071 403343761
IC607
Mount Mecha A511 X40360506
Q511
Mount MechaA6070 406084011 XX
D607
Mount Mecha A638 407841701
D638
Mount MechaA6079 407902811
Q607
C
Mount Mecha A608
407902811
Q608
Mount Mecha A635
406084011
D635
Mount Mecha A637
406084011
D637
Mount Mecha A505 406290872
Q505
A (Block 003)
Heat Sink
D
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 003)-SW292
– 39 –
D
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 KV-SW292M80 RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-5. J3 Board Schematic Diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
R-Y
B B-Y
Y
JW2421 5
JW2410 5
R2421 XX
C2410 XX C2411 XX
R2419 XX
VB R2411 XX
JW2419 5
R2412 XX R2414 XX
C2413 XX
C2400 R2415 XX XX JW2415 5 JW2400 5
R2417 XX
C2414 XX
C2401 R2418 XX XX JW2418 5 JW2401 5
R
R
J2410 181789511
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
JW2411 5 D2411 XX C2412 XX PROTECT D2412 JW2412 XX 5 PROTECT
L
L
TO A (Block 001) CN907,CN010
D2410 XX PROTECT
R2420 XX JW2420 5
VG
C
D
CN2410 8P WHT
VR R2410 XX
7
DVD Y GND DVD BY GND DVD RY GND DVD L DVD R
D2414 XX PROTECT
D2415 XX PROTECT
R3627 XX CENTER IN
1
E
J3603 XX
R3624 R3623 XX XX C3615 XX
2 1
R3621 R3620 XX XX
C3614 XX
R3622 XX
F
G
5
R3626 XX
JW3601
R3625 VD3600 XX XX
J3400 XX
CN3400 XX 3 3D + IN 2 GND 1 GND/3D - IN
D3401 XX PROTECT D3402 XX PROTECT
2 1
3 CENTRE IN-R 2 CENTRE IN-L 1 GND-CENTRE
T3600 XX D3400 XX PROTECT
JW3400 XX
CN3600 XX
4
JW3401 XX
J3
D3403 XX PROTECT
H
DVD Terminal
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-J3.-SW292
I
J
– 40 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4-3-6. F1 and H4 Boards Schematic Diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
! CN4602 2P WHT
! CN4601 2P
F4601 5A 250V
!
B
JW4606 XX
1
2
C4603 XX
JW4608 XX
GND 1
R4603 0.22
!
JW4601 XX
JW4607 XX C4602 XX
AC OUT AC OUT
R4601 820k RN
4
3
4
C654 4700p 250V B
D
1 2
T4602 143521411
T4601 XX 1
!
TO H4 BOARD CN1652
JW4604 XX
!
3
TO A (Block 001) CN100
JW4603 XX
JW4605 XX
2
CN4603 1P
R4602 0.22 FH002
SPARK GAP
C
TO POWER CORD AC IN 1 FH001 AC IN 2
!
JW4602 XX
C4601 0.47 PT
F1
CISPR B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F1.-SW292
E
! CN1651 2P TO A (Block 002) CN600
H4
! CN1652 2P
1 AC IN 2 AC IN
1 2 3 4 5
G
TO H7 BOARD CN3907
1 AC OUT 2 AC OUT
CN1900 5P WHT
LED G LED R GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN
F
TO F1 BOARD CN4602
AC Switch D1903 SPB-25MVWF LED
R G
H
3.3V
I
J
D1900 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT
VD601 XX
D1902 1SS133T-77 VCC OUT GND
C1900 C1901 IC1900 470p 470p B RPM7240-H5 B SIRCS RECEIVER
D1901 RD5.6ESB2 PROTECT
! S1650 178664912
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-H4.-SW292
– 41 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-7. H7 Board Schematic Diagram
TO A (Block 001) CN014
C3914 XX
D3905 XX PROTECT
R3911 220
6 7 8
3 4 5
9V
R3914 220
C3911 47 35V
SOUND MODE
R3907 1k
MENU
C3928 XX
KARAOKE
R3920 680
R3908 470
VIDEO
5 4 3
LED G LED R
GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN
1
2
S3907 S3908 S3909 169243121 169243121 169243121
VOL -
R3926 XX
R3910 220
R3909 330 VOL +
CH -
D3908 RD5.6ESB2 R3912 150 CH +
S3902 S3903 169243121 169243121
S3905 S3904 169243121 169243121
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-A..(Block 001)-SW292
CN3907 5P WHT
I
J
– 42 –
R3946 XX
IC3900 XX
TO H4 BOARD CN1900
H
R3942 XX 1 2 R3944 XX 3 4 C3927 5 XX
1
J3903 177032913
R3915 1.5k
C3929 XX
5
R
Front Panel
L
V
H7
C3910 47 35V
R3940 XX
R3943 XX
6
L3903 XX
R3905 XX R3916 47
J3901 XX
C3916 XX
Q3904 D3917 XX XX ALC ALC R3941 XX
C3921 XX
7
JW3905 5.0MM
F J3904 177078622
R3930 XX
C3926 XX
D3918 XX ALC
8
R3904 XX
R3927 XX
C3917 XX D3903 XX PROTECT
JW3904 5.0MM
C3903 XX
R3929 XX
+ -
3.3V
R3932 XX R3939 C3918 XX XX
4
L3902 10uH
Q3901 KRC110M BUFFER
C3924 XX
C3925 XX R3938 R3945 XX XX
R3931 XX
3
C3902 0.01 100V PT
R3924 XX
Q3902 KRC110M BUFFER
15
D3919 XX D3914 XX R3933 XX
2
E
C3901 XX
C3922 XX
R3928 XX
C3923 XX
1
JW3910 XX
D3916 D3915 XX XX ALC ALC
R3937 XX
JW3914 5.0MM L3901 10uH
G
R3925 XX
Q3903 XX ALC
R3934 XX
+ -
D3902 XX
3.3V
14
J3906 XX
R3935 XX
2
D3912 1SS133T/77 PROTECTOR
C3900 0.01 100V PT
13
J3905 XX
C3920 XX R3936 XX D3904 XX PROTECT
12
TO A (Block 001) CN016
C
D
11
CN3911 XX WHT
CN3905 7P
TO A (Block 001) CN906 TO B BOARD CN1400
STBY 3.3V GND LED G LED R SIRCS GND KEY 9V
CN3910 XX TO 3D WOOFER WHT
1 2
CN3906 XX RED
1 2 3 4 5 6
D3913 1SS133T-77 PROTECTOR
10
CN3908 5P RED
7
TO A(Block 002) CN202
9
STBY 3.3V GND LED G LED R SIRCS GND KEY
TO B BOARD CN207
8
1 2 3 4 5 6
TO SPEAKER
7
R IN GND L IN GND CV IN
CN3903 6P
PH L IN SP L IN SP GND SP GND SP R IN PH R IN
CN3902 XX WHT
6
1 2 3 4 5
5
3 NC 2 GND 1 GND
4
1 PH L IN 2 SP L IN 3 SP GND 4 SP GND 5 SP R IN 6 PH R IN 7 GND 8 3D IN 9 3D IN
B
3
CN3901 4P WHT
1 SP L OUT 2 SP GND 3 SP GND 4 SP R OUT
A
2
1 W GND 2 W GND 3 3D OUT
1
– 43 –
CN3909 XX WHT MICIN 1 GND MICSW GND MICIN 2
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
4-3-8. F2 Board Schematic Diagram (except KV-SW292M50 (Thailand))
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
!
Rectifier Selection Unit R6626 510k RN-CP R6611 510k RN-CP
I4
R6628 47k RN-CP
10
W3
9
I3
8
7
W2
11
6
I2
12
W1
W4
R6633 4.7k RN-CP
R6629 47k RN-CP
R6621 120k RN-CP
R6614 120k RN-CP
C6606 C6607 C6604 C6605 100p 100p 100p 2.2 CH CH CH
IC6601 KIA431AF R6601 SHUNT REGULATOR 10k R6604 RN-CP 3 510k RN-CP 1 R6605 R6630 2 510k 39k RN-CP D6608 RN-CP MMDL914T1 R6606 SW 510k RN-CP D6603 MMDL914T1 C6601 SW XX
C6609 33
C6608 XX
C6602 100p CH
C6603 0.01 25V B:CHIP
Q6603 *
D6605 MMDL914T1 SW
13
I1
GND
D6604 MMDL914T1 SW
14
VCC
5
F
R6622 75k RN-CP
OUT1 OUT4
4
R6615 75k RN-CP
OUT2 OUT3
R6631 10k RN-CP
R6639 10k RN-CP
R6610 510k RN-CP
Q6601 * SW
IC6604 LM339NS DUAL COMPARATOR (SW IC)
3
R6624 680k RN-CP
R6617 470k RN-CP
R6609 100k RN-CP
2
R6623 470k RN-CP
R6616 56k RN-CP
1
E
R6613 510k RN-CP
R6625 56k RN-CP
R6603 4.7k RN-CP
R6632 10k RN-CP
D6609 MMDL914T1 SW
R6612 510k RN-CP
R6619 510k RN-CP
D6601 MMDL914T1 SW
R6618 510k RN-CP
R6620 510k RN-CP D6602 MMDL914T1 SW
D6606 MMDL914T1 PROTECT
R6608 56k RN-CP
R6607 R6602 10k 56k RN-CP RN-CP
R6636 4.7k RN-CP
R6634 22k RN-CP R6637 4.7k D6607 MM3Z12VST1 RN-CP PROTECT D6610 MMDL914T1 SW
R6627 510k RN-CP
C
D
CN6601 4P GRN
PRIMARY SECONDARY
F2
B
15
R6642 1k RN-CP
R6638 3.9k RN-CP
4 3 2 1
P_GND DL DH P_VCC
5 4 3 2 1
S_VCC P_CONT BIAS MAIN_ON S_GND
R6640 10k RN-CP
! PH6602 PC123Y22FZ0F 4
1 4
To A (Block 002) CN606 M_SENSE S_SENSE
1
3
2
1
4
23 Q6602 * SW
R6635 22k RN-CP
! PH6603 PC123Y22FZ0F
Q6604 * SW
R6641 10k RN-CP
B-BX1L(05)12995-...-F2.-SW292
G
H
I
J
– 44 –
– 45 –
CN6602 4P GRN To A (Block 002) CN607 CN6603 5P GRN To A (Block 002) CN608
VM GND 9V GND NC +B 1 2 3 4 5 6
C5904 XX
R5907 1k
R5947 47k
R5949 220
Q5912 2SC2458-YGR AMP
JW5901 L5901 5 47uH
R5948 47k
C5923 0.1
R5906 1k
D5901 1SS119-25 TEMP-CORR.
R5902 560 FPRD
Velocity Modulation
FB5900 0uH
Q5901 2SC2458-YGR AMPLIFIER R5910 68 R5921 180 3W RS
C5912 0.1 200V PT
Q5902 2SA1606-E VM OUT
R5919 1k D5902 FPRD RD39ESB LEVEL SHIFT
R5908 1.5 FPRD
R5909 220
R5923 1.5 FPRD
D5904 RD39ESB LEVEL SHIFT
C5913 1000p PT
CN5904 12P TO VM COIL C5914 100 16V
Q5906 2SC4159-E VM OUT
CYN.C. CY+
L5903 XX
R5914 82
R5925 39 FPRD
C5917 470 10V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
QPQPNC NC QP+ QP+ NC NC E E VM VM
3 2 1
QPNC QP+
R5922 560
R5920 68k C5910 1000p C5911 PT 2.2 200V
1 2 3
JW5907 XX C5918 220p 500V B
R5911 68k C5908 0.047 200V PT
Q5903 2SC2458-YGR AMPLIFIER
Q5904 2SA1175-HFE BUFFER
C5901 XX MPS
CN5903 XX WHT
L5902 XX
6
VM
R5903 39 1/2W FPRD
C5907 33 160V
C5909 Q5914 100 2SC2458-YGR C5915 C5906 16V D5907 XX AMP XX 0.047 D5903 VOLTAGE DROP R5952 PT 1SS119-25 470 VOLTAGE DROP R5912 47k
R5929 10 2W RS
5
C5905 100 200V
C5903 4700p 500V
R5905 1k
R5915 10k
9V
JW5902 5
R5918 10k R5937 120
4
– 46 – R5904 330
R5950 330
R5936 120
C5920 XX
R5951 390 1/4W
Q5905 2SC2458-YGR BUFFER
3
R5900 47
R5916 1.5k
Q5913 2SA1175-HFE INV
C5916 0.047 PT
7
CN2801 3P WHT CN8802 B-BX1L(05)12995-...-VM.-SW292 TO DL BOARD & TO D3 BOARD CN2802
RM-GA002
C5902 330 16V
D5906 XX VOLTAGE DROP
2
D5905 1SS119-25 R5913 VOLTAGE DROP XX R5917 820
9V
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
1
TO A (Block 001) CN003 TO A (Block 001) CN005
4-3-9. VM Board Schematic Diagram
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J CN5901 6P WHT
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4-4. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT AND WAVEFORM
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref IC001
Pin No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Voltage[v] 3.2 0.6 3.2 0 1.7 3.2 0 0 2.9 3.2 1.7 1.7 0.2 (0.6)[0.4] 0 0 0.8 (0.7)[0.5] 3.2 (4.0)[3.8] 3.8 0 3.2 0 1.9 0 3.2 0 1.7 3.2 0.6 2.9 1.8 0 3.2 1.8 0 1.6 3.2 0 3.2 1.8
Ref
Pin No. 44
Voltage[v] 1.6
3 PAL
2.040Vp-p 3 NTSC
Ref
Pin No. 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 7
2.800Vp-p
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
3.1 2.3 4.9 0 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.1 0 0.1 1.6 1.7 1.2 1.2 1.2 4.9 0 1.5
2.210V
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
4
3.680Vp-p
63
0.3
5 PAL
1 PAL
5.520Vp-p 1.760Vp-p
5 NTSC
1 NTSC
107 9 PAL 5.360Vp-p
2.480Vp-p
2 PAL
2.060Vp-p 2 NTSC
1.880Vp-p
4.7 1.9 8.1 0 (3.5)[1.5] 0.1 1.9 0 2.4 2.0 3.4 3.4 2.1 2.1 0.6 0 4.5 (0)[0.2] 0.2 0 1.8 2.3 1.8 1.8 1.3
8
2.120Vp-p
43
Voltage[v] 2.1 2.1 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.5 1.3 2.1 2.1 1.4
64
1.8
1.9 1.520Vp-p
6
9 NTSC
2.240Vp-p
65 66 67 68 69 70 71
– 47 –
0 0 0 3.4 3.4 1.5 1.3
1.600Vp-p
1.2
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref
Pin No. 108
Voltage[v] (2.4)[2.2]
Ref
10 PAL
Pin No. 2 3
Voltage[v] Ref * IC607 (-13.6)[-13.3]
12
IC610 840mVp-p 30.40Vp-p
10 NTSC
4 5 6 7
860mVp-p
IC003
IC200
IC502
IC503
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
2.2 2.2 0 2.1 1.8 4.9 2.4 0.1 0 * * 3.2 0 3.2 0 3.2 3.2 1.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 4.0 3.9 0 3.3 * 0 21.2 0 0 * 10.6 0.1 0 22.8 39.7 10.7 1.2 2.4 1.7 0 3.2 2.5 7.1 8.8 0.4
Q013
840.0mVp-p 13 NTSC
Q015 Q016
960.0mVp-p
IC602
IC603
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5
2.5 1.7 2.0 (2.5)[2.3] 0 -0.1 4.4 18.7 -0.1 104 -0.1 0.1 0 (155.3)[156.6] (145.3)[145.9] 149.7 0 * 134.7 * 2.8 2.8 2.4
Q017 Q100 Q103 Q111 Q202 Q203 Q300 Q505
14 PAL
Q506
Voltage[v] 7.0 0 2.2 5.0 2.5 3.3 0 4.0 0 0 (2.2)[2.3] 0 2.0 0 2.6 * 4.9 * 0.1 1.7 0 1.9 0 0 0.6 0 0 0 1.7 0 4.6 8.8 3.9 0 3.3 0 0 0 * 7.1 0 (6.0)[7.0] 0 0 0 * 0 * 0 7.0 (16.6)[17.7] 0
15 PAL
432.0mVp-p 14 NTSC 1.540Vp-p 15 NTSC
452.0mVp-p
IC605 IC606
940.0mVp-p
Q002 Q012
IC604 920.0mVp-p
Q001
13 PAL
11 PAL
11 NTSC
-14.8 (0.3)[0.2] 13.4 (0.4)[0.5]
Pin No. I G VC O 1 2 3 4 5 B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E S G D B
6 7 8 I G O VCC GND OUT 1 2 3 4
– 48 –
12.57 0 * 15.0 0 8.8 7.1 0 3.3 4.3 1.7 0 2.7
1.600Vp-p
C E
91.2 12.3
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
A BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref Q511
Pin No. B
Voltage[v] *
Ref Q617
16
Q618 Q900
8.440Vp-p
Q512 Q513 Q600 Q607 Q608 Q609 Q612 Q613 Q614 Q616
C E B C E B C E B C E S G D S G O B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E
138.7 0 0 4.9 0.1 1.2 0 1.8 0 15.0 0 145.7 149.5 * 0.2 4.7 0.2 0.7 * 0 0 7.1 0 7.1 0 7.1 0 0.7 0 14.2 14.9 15.0
Q901 Q902 PH601
PH602
DY1
Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 H+ 17 PAL
147.2Vp-p 17 NTSC
149.6Vp-p
– 49 –
Voltage[v] 2.5 0 2.5 2.5 0 2.7 1.5 0 2.2 0 0.1 0 0 0.1 0 14.9 13.9 0 1.5 145.5 145.7 0 15 138.6
Ref
Pin No. H-
Voltage[v] 134.9
18 PAL
154.0Vp-p 18 NTSC
178.0Vp-p
V-
0
19
2.000Vp-p
V+ 20
53.60Vp-p
(0.3)[0.2]
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
C BOARD VOLTAGE LIST AND WAVEFORM Ref IC751
Pin No. 1
Voltage[v] 2.0
Ref
Pin No. 7
1 PAL
4 PAL
1.600Vp-p
128.0Vp-p
1 NTSC
4 NTSC
1.880Vp-p
2
Voltage[v] 138.7
Ref
IC1801
152.0Vp-p
2.0
8
2 PAL
126.4
IC3800
5 PAL
1.600Vp-p
130.0Vp-p
2 NTSC
5 NTSC
J751 1.400Vp-p
3
108.0Vp-p
1.9
9
3 PAL
127.9
Q701
6 PAL
Q1800 1.520Vp-p
132.0Vp-p
3 NTSC
6 NTSC
Q1801 Q1802
2.160Vp-p
4 5 6
Q1804
140.0Vp-p
0 4.6 205
IC1800
1 2 3 4
(6.6)[6.8] (6.6)[6.8] 0 2.5
– 50 –
Pin No. Voltage[v] 5 0 6 6.2 7 4.9 8 5.7 9 * 10 12.8 1 (6.6)[6.8] 2 0 3 2.5 4 0 5 6.2 6 4.9 7 5.7 8 * 9 12.8 1 * 2 0.4 3 0 4 -0.1 5 0 6 0 7 0 8 (0.3)[0.4] 9 * 10 (0.3)[0.5] KR (139.4)[140] KG (127.1)[126.5] KB (128.8)[127.9] H1 0 H2 0 B 4.6 C 0 E * B 3.6 C 0 E 4.2 B 0 C 4.9 E 0 B 0.4 C 1.7 E 0 B 1.9 C 3.6 E 1.3
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
D3 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models) Ref IC2800 IC2801
Q2800
Pin No. I G O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B C E
Voltage[v] 15.0 0 8.9 4.4 4.4 4.4 0 * 1.4 7.9 8.9 -0.4 0.3 0
Ref Q2801 Q2802 Q2803 Q2804
Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E
Voltage[v] 0.3 (2.3)[2.6] 0 1.5 14.5 0.9 14.0 1.5 14.5 1.7 14.0 1.2
Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E
Voltage[v] (0.5)[0.3] (100.8)[83.4] 0 2.5 8.1 1.8 8.1 2.5 8.8 2.6 8.8 1.9
VM BOARD VOLTAGE LIST Ref Q5901 Q5902 Q5903 Q5904 Q5905
Pin No. B C E B C E B C E B C E B C E
Voltage[v] 2.6 8.8 1.9 135.8 (100.8)[83.3] 135.9 2.6 4.6 1.9 4.6 0 5.0 5.5 8.8 5.0
Ref Q5906 Q5912 Q5913 Q5914
H4 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST Ref IC1900
Pin No. VCC GND OUT
Voltage[v] 3.3 0 2.9
H5 BOARD VOLTAGE LIST (not used for these models) Ref Q3901 Q3902
Pin No. B C E B C E
Voltage[v] 0 3.3 (0.3)[0.1] 3.3 2.0 1.9
– 51 –
4-5.
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
A
NOTE: The circuit indicated at left contains high voltage of over 1220 Vp-p. Please pay attention when inspecting or repairing it to prevent an electric shock.
[Processor, Audio, Power Supply, Deflection, Tuner, Jack, Heat Sink ]
– A Board –
1
CN014 CN016 CN017
C678
IC604
C231
R234
7
C698
8
C681
R6021
C607
C215
A604
9
R6027 C610 Q612
G
C680
IC605
IC606
3
C605
CN512
O
R6001
R6024
I R698 R695
Q614
D640
C670
C695 D655
1
-
C668
R6011
C662
D600
R659
C655
C693
Q600
D211
GND AUDIO VCC AUDIO VCC
R699
R696 R6010
C682 C604
R6006
C684
C683
C667
+
D648
C685
PS600
D647
C654
D632
A638
D637
PS601
D658
1
CN608
C609
R607
5 1
R613
CN607
R665
C691
4 D660
C646
1 R6005
CN606
C628
4
R603
C653
D633
C651
S
R662
R660
Q513
R5005
TH601 D653
RY600
C626 R6014
R6008
+
-
18
C309
R217
C214
R218
D209
C232
R2644
C213
JR600
D5
PH R
SP R
GND
GND
SP L
D210
C230
C212
R605 R606
A608
D5007
R500
R515
R584
D617
G D659
D614
C639 C627 2
C63
1
CN600
8
D527
C622
VD600
AC IN
C620
AC IN
FB602
R6016
C650
FB601
C619
VD601
R6004
R673
C652
R677
R508
A6079
C697
3
CN601 CN603
3 DGC
C613
1 DGC
CN602
C635
R652
C631
D661
C636
R654
1 C629
C632
D665
IC503
C600
C633
-15V
CN510
1 C578
1
C623
FB600
CN605
18
9 7
VD602
R657
-
D607
+
R6028
C540
C614 R639
10 C692
R522
C615 C624
R6030
R661
C527
D626
R651
L501
C621
R669
C630
C647
TH600
PFC OUT
R638
R6029
D622
D625
4 1
D613
R664
D629
R672
PH601
Q512
R670
R678
R520 JR010
6 2
R5003
R5002
DEFLECTION
A503
R568
PFC IN
G
C648
3
1
C556
R5001
F
C546
R5051
C557
DF
C513 R526
C588
– 52 –
C532
C531 R569 C550
L581
D522
R6007 2
R571
D537
13
CN504
C533
R602 0
R642
R653
C595
R586
C587
D536
R593
13
C536 D513
R577
R5000
D521
A002
D627 C649
L519 L515
L503
R578
GND
CN505
CN509
TH500
R591
GND
DF
12
1
Q608
S
GND
CN002
PVCC DH DL PGND
RY601
C537
H1
9
14 R539
1
4
R622
R5006
Q607
O
4
SSENSE
R6019
R5050
W504
C565
NC GND
4
7
T603
C608
200V
11V VD+
R679
R681
GND VD+
1
R507
R5015
L514 10
T605 7
W502
8 11
FBP
R6009
D657
MSENSE
RY603
1
7
FBP
ABL
C666
4
5
C658
7
C597
E
C566
GND
R509
R5029
R555
GND
C699
1
R686 8
C637
R381
L518
C534 B
D523
6
R519
R511
C558 H1
NC GND
C679
R594
R590
135V
2
R676
R5020
D528
6
CN204
R6015
S501
D530
D529
1
V+
I
C602 C601 R600 1
D644
Q609
JR1681
R604
R5021
S502
L512
R583
C5073 C573
FBT
T503 T506 T507
V-
H-
KEY 9V
D664
6
R5022
DY1
GND
CN503
H-
H+
R687
1
4
D651
D631
H+
1
PH602
D652
4 H+ 5
SGND MAIN-ON BIAS PCONT SVCC
FL607
A635
5V
HCT
R6012 R6000
Q613
A637
FL605
T601
GND
JR603
3
FL603
FL601
ROT SW ROT CTRL
C696
JR018
FL602
C665
LED R
R6017
FL604
R675 1
FL606
-
GND LED G
R6022
E
PS603
C657
C322
R382
D509 JR503
C570
C552
R549
NC
L690
3
R5024
NC SMART
R684
4
R024
D072
R360
R361
PS602
+ FL600
1 H -DY-
12
L040
C656 D635
Q616
CN501
3
C659
C660 R690
IC603
15V
Q516
C580
C577
2 135V
R5031
H
JR1582
R506
R5025
R510
R5026
R597
C538
C528 R5036
C502
D548
D517
D519
Q511
E R554
R556
R596
8
D636
R6023
RY602
CN507
R694
D638
11V
D547 R5023
R553
R229
W602
C661
IC003
4
A6071
D071
R5016
C568
C572
IC200
GND
C521
R542
C553
B
G
R210
CN003
C663
JR024
R5032
TP605
R562
C574
GND 7V 11V
1
C001
C003 C002
C690
D662
C603
D654
C584 R573 D532 D545 C593
1
CN620
C118
D003
D073 R551
R505
T505
R589
R230
R204
R014
R004 R002 R339
R095
R392
R001 C307 R379 R380
C020
9V
R399
Q618
R121
JR1683 JR1684
NC +B
R363
R6025 R6026
W605
IC607
R015
C092
Q617 O
C606
B W603
C585 R552 R565
8
R5017
T508
11V 7V GND
W604
Q018
3.3V L038
MUTE
R006
D002 R340
Q016
R365 JR039 D068 L012
R570
R533
D551
R582
L511
R205 R6013
R248
R247
IC610
I
D663
D103
C308
C216
W606
D006
R362
IC502
5
R5027
R232
D023
L031 R010
R5035
C686
R395
6
R219
C217
3
D069
R580
C567
L513
C203
R007 C010 R323
C219
R220
D025
W001
R038
C098
R336
3
SIRCS
D666
5
CN619 1 30V GND
D200
R235
1
1
D5018
R588
C237 R203 C209 C200
C204
D201 D203 D204
C220
Q202
C096
C026
L039
C218
13
CN202 CN208
W003
R096
1
C321
JR004
Q017
Q203
R240 D212 D202
C030
Q015
5
8
Q013
R992 L013
JR013
R560 C559 R587 C548
R026
4
R567
TP502
C205 C236
R212 JR500
JR022 R012 C090
R387
L010
L033
FB005
C517 R574 C530
C561
TP604
JR029
R208 C207
4
7
CN004
D067
D060 C038
R221
T504
F
R202 R201
CN203
R241
R322
C015
C323
D206
1
R233
C210
C206
C211
R338
C006 L011
R003
R030
C238 R242 D213
1
R1
R211
R200 C201
1
R238
D062
R098
R994
C071
32
C975 JR1081
L009
9V IK GND R OUT G OUT B OUT GND
12 PH L
FSC
AFT
GND
SCL
RESET GND
SDA
ROT -SW VP -OUT
GND
SV-IN
HP -OUT SEL-IN
Q001
Q009
L007
C005 D005
C007 D007 C068
C037
C083
C018 C310 C019
L036
R531
S
R557
TP603
D546 R546
C598 R5028 R550 D550
D504 R525
C208 R207
L600
R025
R581
G
D205
C004
JR028
C506
C504
S R585
R156 R236
C093
C024
C044
R300 C040
FB501
C510
Q505
A505
R337
JR033
D070
C029
1 D024
R023
L032 JR026
L037
C042 C049
R048
R110
FB502
G
L507
C022
JR027
W503
D533
L006
C095
JR032 R341
R029
C320
C031
JR001
R523
1
TP04
FB004 FB003 FB002
L008
C324
Q104 R114
R532
SWF100 R108 C115 R119 R103
R106 C113
Q506
R113 D100 R046 C140 R314 W002 R112 R111 D065 C081 L101
C507
128
C300
X001 C032 C311
R316
R315
L103 R109 C117
L104 C136
CT131
L102
JR1186
C514
R527 C512
C554
R535
R306 JR025 D064
R131 C327
R305
R534
C523
CN903
C111
C202
LSR OUT MUTE
L035
C328
JR036
C091 C013
C014
C034 C304
C041
R5033
R5034
C104 D109 D108
C581
R543
C539
C021 C011
6 C04
R044
JR019 C089 R045 C052 C080
R601
A200
LSL OUT GND R237
W004
C097 C012 C025 R020
B
JR038
C138
C119
C102
C519
Q103 C116 R107 Q102
SU-IN GND SY-IN
R356 D356
C051
L105
R061
R5009
L106
R118
C133
JR014
R5010 C592 R5013 C590
C234 C235
11 1-867-105-11
7
C221
97
R011
C551
10
CN015
1
D061
TP03
C085 96 R051 FB105 C055
9
R310 R327 C301 R042 R041 D057 R039 R993 D058 D059
R974
C079
JR008 C023
C
C594
C302 C028 33
C139
C325
L005 40
35 11 5 JR C13126 R
C120
C101
L100
C107
C106
C142
C329 R389
A5018
J
C009 R009 R317 R005
JR035
R947
C054 R058 R089 80
R088 C070
JR1102 JR1100 C057 JR009 I2 G O1
9
50
90
IH IL G 01 02
A511
TP602
I
C928
D911
D912 C929 DVDV-IN
GND R929 DVDU-IN
R949 D915 R945
R150
JR002 C073 R388 C063 R127
Q111 JR1109 SWF101 D102 R128
R975 C084 R311 R326
R973
C008 JR006 R008 C056 JR034 C036 FB001 C053 R364 JR007
20
R115
R579
R056
R397 TP02 65
C048
D668 D667
E
CN009
C316
C065
C112 R5011
R5012
CT139
R384
R313
R309
R312
I1
R148
C058
Q012
JR1101 C131 R146
C061
R383
R386 C306
R355
C094
R060
11
9
R116
T501
C564
JR502
70
IC001
C064
D066
JR003 L003
R153
GND DVD-LIN DVD-RIN
R952 C959
C902 C976 R912
R917
D106 R149
1 1
C088
C069
C050
C141
R097
CN904
GND AGC
GND
C921 D917
GND
COMB C-
GND
COMB Y-
L IN
GND R IN
R940 C132
C958
R954
R972
R923
R916
C913 JR1181
B DAT
Q002 1
GND VM
R599 C099
C303
Q515
4
DVDY-IN
GND L IN
C917
R948
C318
C072
R304
R099
5
D919
GND
R IN
MON MUTE C IN
Y IN
R953
C960
D922
D908
D907
R155
CN100
TU101 TU102
CN010 CN005
R950
C033
B CLK
W900
64
O2
C326 C143 R303
3 C100 JR1980
B INT
R5008
R390
D105
D107
1
D
C957
C109
Q100
R100
5 R928
C918
C305
8 1
A001 CF101
C108 C137
GND FB100
7
7
CN905
1
C589 R5014 C077 C596 R301 R5030 C591 C599
JR911
TP101
D111 R154 D110
D916
D920
CN907
R996
D906
C
R946
R955
R922
R919
C919
C315
Q300
3
R905
R915 C912 C907
R976
D921
R925 D903
R907 C909 R920
D902
C930
C954 1
R393
1 R930
D913
R951
L004 C961
R909
C916
6
C319
R900
R924 D900
R941
5 CN906
5 R942
8
R908 R957
R921
C906
1
R995
Q900
C908
B
GND TVL TVR GND
C922
C914
1
R396
Q901 R904
R931
C915
L902
R913
C962
J901
R914
Q902
C910
4
JR030
D901 R903
C901
R910
R901
C911
3
C956 C903 R902
A
D905 C900
R906
R971
CN011
CV IN
2
TV OUT
1
POWER SUPPLY
B
A6070 C616
1
2 DGC CHK
DGC CHK
IC602
– 53 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60
RM-GA002
RM-GA002
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
H7
[RGB AMPLIFIER, ROTATION CIRCUIT, LANDING CORRECTION CIRCUIT]
J3
[FRONT PANEL]
H4
[DVD TERMINAL]
VM
[AC SWITCH]
[VELOCITY MODULATION]
– C Board – – J3 Board – ROT SW ROT CTRL 15V
11V
5V
VD+
Q1800
R1805
CN1801
R1813
R1800
R796
R766
R752
R713 JW1713 C782 R783 RV750
C752
CN706
CN705
EY706 A706
GND
GND
A708
CN702
J752
D
GND
– H4 Board –
R5904
Q5903
CN1651 AC OUT
AC OUT
CN1652 AC IN
AC IN
1-867-109-11 (1-726-093-11)
R1
– H7 Board –
VD601
L3903
C3903
C3923
R3932
6 1
LED R GND SIRCS IN 3.3V SEN
5
C3917
Q3903
6
CN3909
L3901
R3928
R3937
D3913
C3921 L3902
R3929
D3916
C3900
LED G
CN1900
R3934
1
1 MICIN 1 GND MICSW MIC 1SW MIC 2SW GND MICIN 2 JR3901
1
R3930 C3922
CN3901
CN3903
R3931
6
C3901
B R3911
S1650
1
CN3902 R3933
R3905 JW3905
C3902
9
D3905 D3904
SP L OUT SP GND SP GND SP R OUT
GND
PH L IN SP L IN SP GND SP GND SP R IN PH R IN
3D IN
3D IN
B E
W GND
E
R3916
1
D3912
CN3911
Q3901
W GND
3
R3925
C3911
4
1
CN3910
CN3908
Q3902 A3900
3D OUT
GND
NC
GND
1 3
5
(1-726-093-11)
1
CN3905
7
GND L IN
8
R IN
1-867-110-11 R1
1
GND
CV IN
STBY 3.3V
LED G
GND
GND
LEG R SIRCS
9V
KEY
LED G
LED R
IN
GND
3.3V SEN
SIRCS
1
CN3907 5
CN3906
C3924 D1901 J3905
R3926
D3908
R3914 C3910
C3929
R3904 JW3904
D1900
R3907
R3915
J3901 J3904
J3906 R3924 J3903
V
R3943
VIDEO
MENU
SOUND MODE
R3944
R3946 C3927 R3941 R3940 R3939 C3925 R3938
VOL-
Q3904
VOL+
D3917 R3945 D3918 R3942
CH-
C1900
IC1900 C3928
CH+
D1903
D3903
S3909
S3907
S3908
S3902
S3903
S3904
S3905
L R
C1901
C3916
D3902
D1902
R3920
IC3900
R3908
R3909
D3915
R3910
D3914
R3912
D3919
C3926 C3914 JW3914
R3936 R3935 C3920
A1900
C3918 R3927
VCC
– 54 –
D782
C756
C759
D780
D750
R773
R760
GND C786
C
C5904
C5914
7
R778
R777
9
R756
CN703
D783
R5948
R5912
E C5915
EY705 A705
(TO A CN003)
R5900
1
R768
1 8
D754
R781
R3815 JW3815
(1-724-646-13)
J751
EY707 A707
1
R5914
B R5906
B C5909
D5907 R5937
C784
C5923
R5949
Q5904
1-863-250-13
CN707
R3
1000V
B
E B
E
R5925
D5902
C5910
Q5902
CN704
D784 D3801
Q5912
B
R5911
C5917
R5947
R5909
Q5913
E
D5901
C5920
13 RCV
H1 4
6
R5952
Q5914
R5929
C5908
B
E
R5915
C5902
R5950
R5951
D5903
R5922 R5920
R5936 D5906
G4 1
C787
R795
R5905
R5918
A5902
FB5900
R5916
D5905
E
R5907
B
C5907
R5902
Q5906
GND
R3801
Q3800
B
E
C5906
R5903
R5919
R5923
C5913
D5904
R5921
C5911
R5908
+B NC GND 9V GND VM
E
R5917
R5913
Q5905
C5905
B
C5916
R5910
C5903
Q5901
10
L5903
L5902 L5901
C5912
E
3
R3816
A5906
1
R3800
C5918
CN5904
4 G1-1
D3800
CN5901
(TO VM COIL)
D781
11 G1-3
3 G2 1 200V
3
1 C5901
10 KR
6 H2
R3802
CN5903 CY- NC CY+
R3
L750
SG701
5 H1
R3814
1
12
(1-724-646-13)
9 KG
8 KB
SG700
9
QP-
NC
NC
QP-
QP+
NC
QP+
NC
E
E
VM
VM
1-863-252-13
B
R763
7 G1-2
R3812
C3801
– VM Board – QP-
L752 JW752
JW754 L754
R780
C781
R787
R3806
R3813
R3819
NC
R776
Q701
IC751
R794
L780
R3805
5
VD3600
R3625
R3809
C3802
CN2801
R758
R3818
R3807
C3800
QP+
R784
R774
IC3800
1
R3811
D3400
R3622
R3627
R3623
R3810
7V 11V
(TO DL CN8802 & TO D3 CN2802)
D756
IC3801
GND
R3626
9V
C783
E
A3800
LC(E)
T3600
L753 JW753
C754
R3808
R1803
LC(B)
GND
R765
Q3802
1
C3615
CN3800
1
R3624 C3614
R3620
D3403
R2418 JW2418
R2415 JW2415
R1824
R1823
R1812
JW2410 C2410
N/S N/S NC COIL+ COIL-
R3804
C2411 JW2411
C2412 JW2412
1
3
C2414
C1809
R2417
R3817
C2400 JW2400
R2411
R2419 JW2419
R2412
C2401 JW2401
D3402
R2414 C2413
R757
R OUT D787
1K R775
R1801
R2410
C788
R764
CN1802
GND B OUT
D786
G OUT
D755
L751 JW1751
9
1
C791
C753
10
1
R1802
D785
R753
C751
D3401
R2421 JW2421
A1800
R754 C789
R1806
R1
(1-726-093-11)
C790
R767
E
1-867-111-11
D2412
Q1801
R1828
R1829
R1809
R786
C1804
D1808
JW1821 R1821
R1815
J2410
D1803
2
B
R1811
C1803
R1822
R3621
R1825
E
R1810
IC1801
R1830
B
1
3
1
3
Q1804
A751 R1808
R1827
R785
IC1800
A
A703 EY703
R797
CN701
RV1800
A704 EY704
C1800
1
3
J3400 J3603
R2420 JW2420
C785 R1826 JW1826
7
R1814
D2415
D2410
D2411
D2414
1
JW1804 D1804
Q1802
R1816
CN3400
1
GND/3D-IN GND 3D+IN
1
CN3600
GND-CENTRE CENTRE IN-L CENTRE IN-R
DVD Y GND DVD BY
GND DVD RY GND DVD L DVD R
8
8
GND
B CN2410
– 55 –
O
C
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
F1
[RECTIFIER SELECTION UNIT]
[CISPR]
(1-725-901-11)
1-866-568-11 PH6602 PH6603 3 2 1 4
3
IC6601
R6639 R6631
R6630
1
DH DL P-GND
60 C6
R6609
JR6603
R6610
R6626 R6618
R6627
1
R6606 R6605 R6604
R6607
C6603
R6601
R6622 R6616
4 CN6602
R6629 R6625 JR6601 C6602 R6608
JR6602 R6617 C6605 JR6604
S-GND MAIN-ON BIAS P-CONT S-VCC
P-VCC
7
C6608
R6624
IC6604
C6609
R6641
C6601 R6602
Q6601
D6605
D6606
R6633 R6634
D6601
CN6603
4
1
R6638 R6637 Q6602 D6609
Q6604
R6628
Q6603
D6608 D6607
R6642 R6640
5
2
R1
R6635
D6604 R6632 D6603 R6603
D6610
R6636
– F2 board – (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
R6613 R6623
R6612 R6620
R6611 R6619
M-SENSE S-SENSE
4
D6602
CN6601
C6606
C6604 R6615 R6614 R6621
– F1 board –
R4602
CN4602
AC OUT
AC OUT
F4601 FH001
2
1
C4603 C4602
CN4601
C4601
T4601
FH002
AC IN
T4602
R4601
AC IN
R4603 C654
F2
CN4603
R2
1-867-443-12 (1-726-225-12)
– 56 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS DIODE CATHODE
CATHODE
ANODE CATHODE ANODE
U05G
ANODE
D2SB60A-F04
D4SB60L D4SBL20U D10SBS4F
RD18ESB MTZJ-33B MTZJ-T-77-15 MTZJ-T-77-22 1SS119-25 1SS133T-77
D1NS6 D2L20U EL1Z UF4005/23 10ERB20-TB5
MMDL914T1 MM3Z15VT1 RD5.6SB-T1
TRANSISTOR ANODE
3
C
B
2 1
CATHODE
E
MA77 MA2ZD14001S0 MTZJ-T-77-9.1A UDZS-TE17-12B UDZSTE-1736B UDZ-TE-17-7.5B
DA204K
ERC06-15S
FMU-G16S
RB085T-60
MSB709-RT1 MSD601-RT1 MUN2216T1 UN2211 2SC1623-L5L6
TT2142
KTC3199GR-TP
IRF614
2SA1091-0 2SC3779C,D-AA
2SK3462
BA18BCOWFP-E2
IC DIP
1
SOP
1
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW Small Outline L-leaded Package Pin 8~98
Dual In-line Package Pin 6~98
MCZ3001DB EK1135
AN17808A
BR24L16F-WE2 NJM2903M
– 57 –
TOP VIEW
TDA12067H1/N1E0B
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
IC
1 7
STV9325
L7809CV
KIA78D33F PQ018EF01SSH KIA78R05API
– 58 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SECTION 5 EXPLODED VIEWS NOTE: • Items with no part number and no description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine service. • The construction parts of an assembled part are indicated with a collation number in the remark column.
•
Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.
The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
5-1. PICTURE TUBE AND SPEAKER BRACKET r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16
26
25
27
11
10 9
12
16 7 28
17
23
18
24
20 8 19
6 13 11 14 6 15
22 5
23
7
29 28 4 2
21 3
27
1
– 59 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
REF. NO. PART NO. 1
2
*
3 4 5
* ! !
6 7 8 9
10
11 12 13 14 15
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF. NO. PART NO.
X-2059-972-1 BEZNET ASSY 2 ~ 4, 21,22 (KV-SW292M50/M80) X-2059-949-1 BEZNET ASSY (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-036-405-21 SPRING, COMPRESSION (KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-036-405-11 SPRING, COMPRESSION (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-103-334-01 BUTTON, POWER 4-103-335-01 GUIDE, LIGHT 8-735-056-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) (except KV-SW292M80) 8-735-057-05 PICTURE TUBE (M68LNH 070X) (KV-SW292M80)
SPACER, DY BRACKET, SPEAKER DEFLECTION YOKE (Y29RSA-S3) MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (except KV-SW292M50/M80) ! 1-419-294-11 COIL, DEGAUSSING (except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ! 1-419-323-31 COIL, DEGAUSSING (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) * ! * *
4-046-600-11 4-046-981-03 8-451-494-61 A-1129-411-A A-1123-549-A
1-452-032-00 1-452-094-00 4-077-228-02 4-079-376-01 8-453-021-32
21 22 23
2-022-584-02 DOOR, CONTROL 4-087-491-11 SPRING (DOOR) 4-046-765-12 SCREW, TAPPING 7 + CROWN WASHER
24
4-051-734-42
26 27 28 29 30
CUSHION (50X550), DGC (KV-SW292M50/M80) CUSHION (60X120), DGC (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 1-452-896-61 COIL, NA ROTATION (RT-200) * A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-369-318-61 SPRING, TENSION
– 60 –
REMARK
16 17 18 19 20
25
* 2-591-524-01 * 2-591-526-01
DESCRIPTION MAGNET,DISC CIRCULAR DISC MAGNET B PIECE, TLH CONVERGENCE BAND, DGC NA2919-M3
PIECE B(120), CONV, CORRECT (KV-SW292M50/M80) X-4387-214-3 PERMALOY ASSY, CORRECTION (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 4-084-918-01 HOLDER, HV CABLE
2-349-099-11 2-022-582-11 4-302-404-03 1-825-691-12 * 4-103-333-01 * 2-632-357-01 4-064-883-03
COVER, REAR (29) (KV-SW292M50/M80) COVER, REAR (29) (except KV-SW292M50/M80) TAPPING SCREW (+PWH 4X16) SPEAKER (15 x 6.5CM) COVER, BOTTOM (KV-SW292M50/M80) COVER, BOTTOM (except KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, DGC
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
5-2. CHASSIS r : 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3 × 12 p : 7-685-663-71 SCREW +BVTP 4 × 16
54
55
53 60
56
61
62
52
57 64
58
63 51
59
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
51
MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, H7 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, J3 (except KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, AC CORD (KV-SW292M50/M80) HOLDER, AC CORD (except KV-SW292M50/M80) CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M50(Thailand) CORD, AC POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292M61) CORD, POWER (WITH CONNECTOR) (KV-SW292N60)
52
53 54 55
* * * *
A-1129-415-A A-1123-553-A A-1134-635-A A-1134-410-A
* A-1129-417-A * A-1123-555-A 4-022-115-21 4-022-115-00 ! 1-823-551-11 ! 1-824-642-21 ! 1-823-478-12 !1-575-023-11
65
REMARK
REF. NO. PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
56 57
BRACKET, TERMINAL COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60) TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK(NX-4009//M3I4) MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80) MOUNTED PWB, H4 (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
58 59
60
61
62 63 64 65
– 61 –
* * * * * * ! * *
2-634-133-01 A-1129-646-A A-1134-408-A A-1134-523-A A-1129-407-A A-1128-308-A 1-453-297-41 A-1129-414-A A-1123-552-A 4-046-797-21 4-046-797-01
REMARK
SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP (KV-SW292M50/M80) SCREW (3X12), (+)BVTAP (except KV-SW292M50/M80) 8-597-962-00 TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (KV-SW292M50/M80) 1-693-659-11 TUNER (KV-SW292M61) 8-598-620-20 TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60) 4-302-428-03 SCREW (WASHER HEAD) (+P 3X12) 1-469-969-11 CLAMP, FERRITE * A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) * A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (except KV-SW29M50/M80)) * 4-095-842-31 BRACKET, MAIN (KV-SW292M50/M80) * 2-632-073-01 BRACKET, MAIN (except KV-SW292M50/M80)
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002
SECTION 6 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
A REF NO. NOTE:
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK REF NO. PART NO. • Items marked " ∗ " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items.
The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted.
When indicating par ts by reference number, please include the board name.
REF NO. * * * * *
* A002
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
A-1129-646-A A-1134-408-A A-1134-523-A A-1129-407-A A-1128-308-A
1-543-298-11 4-382-854-01 4-042-408-02
REMARK
The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
DESCRIPTION REMARK • All resistors are in ohms • F : nonflammable CAPACITORS • MF : µF, PF : µµF COILS • MMH : mH, UH : µH
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(India)) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M61) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292M80) COMPLETE PWB, A (KV-SW292N60) *******************
C053 C054 C055 C055 C055 C055
1-164-227-11 1-107-826-11 1-100-829-11
CERAMIC CHIP 0.022UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF FILM 0.15UF (KV-SW292M61/N60) FILM 0.15UF (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
10.00% 10.00% 5%
25V 16V 250V
5%
250V
FERRITE 0UH SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80)
C056 C057 C058 C061 C063
1-104-665-11 1-162-970-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-968-11 1-107-826-11
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
100UF 0.01UF 0.001UF 0.0047UF 0.1UF
20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
25V 25V 50V 50V 16V
C064 C065 C069 C070 C072
1-126-961-11 1-126-962-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-970-11
ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
2.2UF 3.3UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.01UF
20.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
50V 50V 16V 16V 25V
C073 C077 C080 C081 C085
1-126-961-11 1-216-864-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-107-826-11
ELECT SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
2.2UF 0 0.001UF 0.001UF 0.1UF
20.00%
50V
10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
50V 50V 16V
C088 C089 C090 C091 C092
1-162-915-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-935-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
10PF 0.001UF 100PF 100PF 470UF
0.50PF 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20.00%
50V 50V 50V 50V 16V
C093 C098 C100 C101 C102
1-126-933-11 1-127-715-91 1-162-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-927-11
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
100UF 0.22UF 0.001UF 10UF 100PF
20.00% 10% 10.00% 20.00% 5.00%
16V 16V 50V 50V 50V
C104 C106 C107 C108 C109
1-162-927-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-935-11 1-126-935-11 1-162-968-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
100PF 10UF 470UF 470UF 0.0047UF
5.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 10.00%
50V 50V 16V 16V 50V
C111 C112 C112 C112 C112
1-162-970-11 1-162-910-11
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% CERAMIC CHIP 5PF 0.25PF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
25V 50V
C113 C115 C115 C115 C115 C116 C117 C117
1-162-968-11 1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF (Except KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047UF CERAMIC CHIP 39PF (KV-SW292N60)
10.00% 10.00%
50V 25V
10.00%
50V
10.00% 5.00%
50V 50V
C117 C117
1-164-381-91
5.00%
50V
1-100-829-31
C001 C002 C003 C004 C005
1-162-927-11 1-126-947-11 1-162-927-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-004-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
100PF 47UF 100PF 470PF 0.1UF
5.00% 20.00% 5.00% 5.00% 10.00%
50V 35V 50V 50V 25V
C006 C007 C008 C009 C010
1-126-933-11 1-164-004-11 1-100-566-91 1-100-566-91 1-164-315-11
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
100UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 470PF
20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 5.00%
16V 25V 25V 25V 50V
C011 C012 C014 C015 C018
1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91 1-126-964-11 1-127-715-91
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF 0.22UF 0.22UF 10UF 0.22UF
10% 10% 10% 20.00% 10%
16V 16V 16V 50V 16V
C019 C020 C021 C022 C023
1-127-715-91 1-107-826-11 1-162-927-11 1-127-715-91 1-127-715-91
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF 0.1UF 100PF 0.22UF 0.22UF
10% 10.00% 5.00% 10% 10%
16V 16V 50V 16V 16V
C024 C025 C026 C028 C029
1-126-965-91 1-127-715-91 1-126-947-11 1-107-826-11 1-126-965-91
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
22UF 0.22UF 47UF 0.1UF 22UF
20.00% 10% 20.00% 10.00% 20.00%
50V 16V 35V 16V 50V
C030 C031 C033 C036 C037
1-127-715-91 1-126-935-11 1-162-964-11 1-104-665-11 1-164-505-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF 470UF 0.001UF 100UF 2.2UF
10% 20.00% 10.00% 20.00%
16V 16V 50V 25V 16V
C038 C040 C041 C042 C044
1-107-826-11 1-162-979-11 1-162-966-11 1-127-715-91 1-125-889-91
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
0.1UF 0.0027UF 0.0022UF 0.22UF 2.2UF
10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10% 10%
16V 50V 50V 16V 10V
C046 C048 C049 C050 C052
1-162-969-11 1-127-715-91 1-164-227-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-964-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
0.0068UF 0.22UF 0.022UF 10UF 0.001UF
10.00% 10% 10.00% 20.00% 10.00%
25V 16V 25V 50V 50V
– 62 –
1-162-927-11
1-162-968-11 1-162-968-11 1-162-922-11
CERAMIC CHIP 62PF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
50V
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
C117 C117 C118
1-164-380-11
CERAMIC CHIP 51PF 5.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60) ELECT 22UF 20.00%
C119 C120 C131 C131 C132 C132
1-163-021-91 1-126-935-11 1-162-970-11
C133 C133 C133 C133 C135
1-162-927-11
1-126-965-91
1-162-970-11
1-162-970-11 1-162-970-11
REMARK 50V 50V
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF ELECT 470UF CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292M61/N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (KV-SW292M61/N60)
10.00% 20.00% 10.00%
50V 16V 25V
10.00%
25V
CERAMIC CHIP 100PF (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF (Except KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF
5.00%
50V
10.00%
25V
10.00%
25V
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
C327 C329 C502
1-127-715-91 1-162-925-11 1-163-145-00
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
0.22UF 10% 68PF 5.00% 0.0015UF 5.00%
16V 50V 50V
C506 C507 C513 C514 C517
1-107-638-11 1-102-244-00 1-162-970-11 1-106-383-00 1-162-970-11
ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP
33UF 220PF 0.01UF 0.047UF 0.01UF
20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
160V 500V 25V 200V 25V
C519 C521 C523 C527 C530
1-102-228-00 1-126-964-11 1-102-228-00 1-163-021-91 1-137-372-11
CERAMIC ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR
470PF 10UF 470PF 0.01UF 0.022UF
10.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 5.00%
500V 50V 500V 50V 50V
C531 C532 C533 C537 C538
1-107-903-11 1-126-941-11 1-126-941-11 1-107-911-11 ! 1-117-651-21
ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT FILM
2.2UF 470UF 470UF 220UF 20000PF
20% 20.00% 20.00% 20% 3.00%
50V 25V 25V 50V 1.2KV
C539 C540 C550 C552 C553
! 1-110-541-91 1-136-171-00 1-106-220-00 1-162-116-00 1-162-116-00
FILM FILM MYLAR CERAMIC CERAMIC
0.056UF 0.33UF 0.1UF 680PF 680PF
5.00% 5.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
630V 50V 100V 2KV 2KV
C554 C556 C557 C558 C565
1-106-359-00 1-126-941-11 1-126-941-11 1-165-441-81 1-107-645-11
MYLAR ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT
0.0047UF 470UF 470UF 33UF 22UF
5.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20% 20.00%
200V 25V 25V 160V 200V
FILM CERAMIC FILM FILM ELECT
0.68UF 470PF 1UF 0.15UF 4.7UF
5.00% 10.00% 5% 5% 20.00%
400V 500V 250V 250V 160V
C136 C138 C139 C140 C140
1-126-933-11 1-163-009-91 1-162-970-11 1-162-970-11
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP (KV-SW292N60)
100UF 0.001UF 0.01UF 0.01UF
20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
16V 50V 25V 25V
C141 C141 C143 C200 C201
1-162-964-11
0.001UF
10.00%
50V
1-102-074-00 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
0.001UF 0.1UF 0.1UF
10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
50V 16V 16V
C202 C203 C204 C205 C206
1-165-176-11 1-165-176-11 1-130-495-00 1-126-959-11 1-162-969-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
0.047UF 0.047UF 0.1UF 0.47UF 0.0068UF
10.00% 10.00% 5.00% 20.00% 10.00%
16V 16V 50V 50V 25V
C207 C208 C209 C210 C211
1-130-495-00 1-162-969-11 1-126-959-11 1-126-968-11 1-126-964-11
MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT
0.1UF 0.0068UF 0.47UF 100UF 10UF
5.00% 10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%
50V 25V 50V 50V 50V
C567 C568 C570 C572 C574
! 1-117-669-91 1-102-228-00 ! 1-117-671-91 1-117-661-71 1-107-635-11
C213 C214 C215 C216 C217
1-115-339-11 1-126-942-61 1-128-550-11 1-126-965-91 1-126-942-61
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT
0.1UF 1000UF 2200UF 22UF 1000UF
10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%
50V 25V 50V 50V 25V
C577 C578 C584 C587 C588
1-106-395-00 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-130-777-00 1-162-964-11
MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR CERAMIC CHIP
0.15UF 0.001UF 100PF 0.1UF 0.001UF
10.00% 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 10.00%
200V 50V 50V 100V 50V
C218 C219 C220 C231 C232
1-126-965-91 1-126-934-11 1-126-964-11 1-137-374-11 1-137-374-11
ELECT ELECT ELECT MYLAR MYLAR
22UF 220UF 10UF 0.047UF 0.047UF
20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 5.00% 5.00%
50V 16V 50V 50V 50V
C590 C591 C592 C593 C597
1-162-968-11 1-216-864-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-933-11
CERAMIC CHIP SHORT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
0.0047UF 0 0.001UF 100PF 100UF
10.00%
50V
10.00% 5.00% 20.00%
50V 50V 16V
C234 C235 C238 C300 C301
1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-505-11 1-127-715-91 1-164-315-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
470PF 470PF 2.2UF 0.22UF 470PF
5.00% 5.00%
C598 C600 C601 C606 C608
1-125-889-91 ! 1-165-529-31 1-126-934-11 1-163-038-91 ! 1-119-892-51
CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC
2.2UF 0.22UF 220UF 0.1UF 470PF
10% 10 20.00%
10% 5.00%
50V 50V 16V 16V 50V
10.00%
10V 0V 16V 25V 250V
C302 C303 C304 C305 C306
1-126-964-11 1-126-933-11 1-104-665-11 1-104-665-11 1-107-826-11
ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP
10UF 100UF 100UF 100UF 0.1UF
20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 10.00%
50V 16V 25V 25V 16V
C609 C610 C613 C614 C615
! 1-119-892-51 1-126-959-11 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00
CERAMIC ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC
470PF 10.00% 0.47UF 20.00% 0.0047UF 99% 0.0047UF 0.0047UF
250V 50V 500V 500V 500V
C308 C309 C311 C316 C322
1-107-826-11 1-126-964-11 1-107-826-11 1-125-891-11 1-126-947-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
0.1UF 10UF 0.1UF 0.47UF 47UF
10.00% 20.00% 10.00% 10.00% 20.00%
16V 50V 16V 10V 35V
C616 C619 C619 C620 C620
1-161-830-00 1-117-753-11
CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% ELECT(BLOCK) 470UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT(BLOCK) 820UF 20% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
500V 450V
C323 C324
1-107-826-11 1-126-933-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
0.1UF 100UF
10.00% 20.00%
16V 16V
C621
1-100-957-11
ELECT(BLOCK)
250V
– 63 –
1-100-957-11
820UF
20%
250V
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A REF NO. C621 C626 C626 C627 C627 C628 C628 C629 C631 C632
PART NO. 1-161-830-00 1-161-830-00
1-107-680-91 1-107-726-91 1-136-479-11 1-126-963-11
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
(Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 22UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF 10.00% FILM 0.001UF 5.00% ELECT 4.7UF 20.00%
REF NO.
20.00%
16V 100V 50V
22UF 2.2UF 2.2UF 0.22UF 470UF
20.00% 20.00%
50V 16V 16V 50V 16V
C906 C907 C908 C909 C910
1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-315-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
1UF 1UF 1UF 1UF 470PF
10% 10% 10% 10% 5.00%
10V 10V 10V 10V 50V
C911 C912 C913 C914 C915
1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
470PF 470PF 470PF 470PF 470PF
5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 5.00%
50V 50V 50V 50V 50V
C916 C917 C918 C919 C921
1-164-315-11 1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-165-908-11 1-127-715-91
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
470PF 470PF 1UF 1UF 0.22UF
5.00% 5.00% 10% 10% 10%
50V 50V 10V 10V 16V
C922 C928 C929 C930 C956
1-126-964-11 1-164-346-11 1-164-346-11 1-127-715-91 1-126-933-11
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
10UF 1UF 1UF 0.22UF 100UF
20.00%
10% 20.00%
50V 16V 16V 16V 16V
C957 C958 C959 C960 C961
1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-164-315-11 1-165-908-11 1-126-957-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
470PF 1UF 470PF 1UF 0.22UF
5.00% 10% 5.00% 10% 20.00%
50V 10V 50V 10V 50V
C962 C975 C5073
1-164-505-11 1-162-964-11 1-106-375-12
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP MYLAR
2.2UF 0.001UF 0.022UF
10.00% 5.00%
16V 50V 200V
1-161-830-00
CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 22UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 10UF 20.00%
500V
1-126-949-11 1-165-953-11 1-161-830-00
50V 35V 0V 16V
ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT
C639 C639 C646 C646 C647
C652 C653 C654 C654 C655
10.00% 20.00% 10 20.00%
1-126-965-91 1-164-505-11 1-164-505-11 1-126-957-11 1-126-935-11
450V
50V 50V 50V 50V 500V
1-136-497-81 1-104-665-11
CERAMIC CHIP 0.01UF ELECT 47UF MYLAR 0.22UF ELECT 100UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C699 C900 C901 C902 C903
500V
CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 5.00% ELECT 10UF 20.00% ELECT 4.7UF 20.00% CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 10.00% CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
C648 C649 C649 C650 C651
REMARK
1-163-021-91 1-126-947-11 ! 1-165-529-31 1-126-933-11
1-163-275-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-963-11 1-163-009-91 1-161-830-00
1-126-964-11
DESCRIPTION
C692 C696 C697 C698 C698
500V
C633 C635 C636 C637 C638 C638
1-126-965-91
PART NO.
50V 50V
FILM 0.1UF 5.00% ELECT 100UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 680PF 10.00% CERAMIC 680PF 10.00%
50V 25V
35V 800V 500V
1-126-952-11
ELECT 220UF 20.00% FILM 47000PF 3% CERAMIC 0.0047UF 99% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 1000UF 20.00%
C656 C657 C658 C659 C660
1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91 1-163-021-91 1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91
CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CERAMIC
680PF 680PF 0.01UF 680PF 680PF
10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00% 10.00%
1KV 1KV 50V 1KV 1KV
C661 C662 C663 C666 C667
1-104-330-91 1-126-936-11 1-110-626-11 1-126-943-11 1-128-550-11
CERAMIC ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT
470PF 3300UF 330UF 2200UF 2200UF
10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%
1KV 16V 160V 25V 50V
C670 C670 C670 C670 C678
1-126-965-91
50V
1-126-933-11
ELECT 22UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 1UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 100UF 20.00%
16V
* CN004 * CN010 * CN014 CN100 * CN202
C679 C680 C681 C682 C683
1-125-891-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-971-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT
10V 16V 16V 16V 50V
* CN507 1-564-510-11 * CN600 ! 1-580-843-11 * CN601 1-573-963-11 CN601 * CN602 1-508-786-00
PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) PIN, CONNECTOR (5MM PITCH) 2P
C684 C684 C685 C685 C686
1-161-964-91
CERAMIC 0.0047UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CERAMIC 0.0047UF (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 220UF 20.00%
250V
* CN603 CN603 * CN903 CN903 * CN903 CN903
1-691-134-11
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) PIN, CONNECTOR 4P (KV-SW292M61/N60) PIN, CONNECTOR (MCD) 5P (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
* CN906 * CN907 CT131 CT139 CT139
1-564-508-11 1-564-506-11 1-767-774-22 1-781-526-21
C690 C690 C690 C690 C691 C691
1-125-969-91 1-125-969-91
1-126-960-11
1-161-964-91 1-126-934-11 1-126-933-11 1-126-964-11 1-107-674-91
0.47UF 100UF 100UF 100UF 470UF
10.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% 20.00%
ELECT 100UF 20.00% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 10UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) ELECT 0.47UF 20.00% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
1KV 1KV
35V
50V
250V 16V 16V 50V 450V
– 64 –
1-564-510-11 1-564-508-11 1-564-510-11 1-695-915-11 1-564-509-11
1-785-608-11 1-508-735-00
PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P TAB (CONTACT) PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P
PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P TRAP, CERAMIC (Except KV-SW292N60) TRAP, CERAMIC (KV-SW292N60)
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
CT139 CT139
1-767-775-22
TRAP, CERAMIC (Except KV-SW292N60)
D002 D003 D006 D057 D058
8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D059 D060 D061 D062 D064
8-719-081-97 8-719-056-84 8-719-081-97 8-719-036-94 8-719-036-94
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-7.5B DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1
D065 D066 D068 D071 D072
8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97 8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D100 D100 D103 D105 D105
8-719-421-40
DIODE MA77 (Except KV-SW292N60) DIODE MTZJ-33B DIODE MMDL914T1 (KV-SW292N60)
8-719-982-26 8-719-081-97
D106 D106 D108 D109 D110
8-719-157-94 8-719-036-94 8-719-036-94 8-719-081-97
DIODE RD3.3SB (KV-SW292N60) DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D111 D200 D201 D202 D203
8-719-081-97 8-719-914-42 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE DA204K DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D204 D205 D212 D213 D356
8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D504 D509 D513 D517 D519
8-719-302-43 8-719-036-94 8-719-075-05 8-719-945-80 8-719-945-80
DIODE EL1Z DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE FR104-A5 DIODE ERC06-15S DIODE ERC06-15S
D521 D522 D523 D527 D528
8-719-302-43 8-719-028-45 8-719-302-43 8-719-075-05 8-719-075-05
DIODE EL1Z DIODE D2L20U DIODE EL1Z DIODE FR104-A5 DIODE FR104-A5
D529 D530 D532 D536 D537
8-719-991-33 8-719-923-60 8-719-081-97 8-719-109-89 8-719-081-97
DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-9.1A DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE MMDL914T1
D545 D547 D548 D600 D607
8-719-081-97 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33 8-719-911-19 8-719-510-53
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE D4SB60L
A REMARK
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
D613 D613 D614 D614 D617 D617
8-719-911-55
DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE D2SB60A-F04 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
8-719-911-55 8-719-077-76
REMARK
D622 D625 D626 D627 D627
8-719-923-86 8-719-979-64 8-719-923-86 6-500-567-21
DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE UF4005/23 DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D629 D631 D632 D632 D633
8-719-082-03 8-719-082-03 8-719-032-12 6-500-567-21
DIODE MM3Z15VT1 DIODE MM3Z15VT1 DIODE D1NS6 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE 10ERB20-TB5
D635 D637 D640 D644 D647
8-719-050-18 8-719-052-92 8-719-110-47 8-719-081-97 6-500-567-21
DIODE D4SBL20U DIODE D10SBS4F DIODE RD18ESB DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE 10ERB20-TB5
D648 D648 D657 D658 D659 D659
6-500-582-01
DIODE KBP153G-A2 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE UDZS-TE17-12B DIODE U05G (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
D660 D660 D661 D662 D663
8-719-924-11 8-719-923-86 8-719-072-70 8-719-081-97
DIODE MTZJ-T-77-22 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) DIODE MTZJ-T-77-15 DIODE MA2ZD14001S0 DIODE MMDL914T1
D664 D665 D666 D667 D668
8-719-991-33 8-719-083-73 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE UDZSTE-1736B DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D913 D5018
8-719-036-94 8-719-053-32
DIODE RD5.6SB-T1 DIODE FMU-G16S
8-719-081-97 8-719-083-82 8-719-911-55
* DY1
1-580-798-11
CONNECTOR PIN (DY)
FB001 FB002 FB003 FB004 FB100
1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-469-981-21 1-414-229-11
FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE
0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH
FB105 FB105 FB600 FB601 FB602
1-400-561-21
FERRITE (KV-SW292N60) FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE
1UH
1-412-911-31 1-412-911-31 1-412-911-31
0UH 0UH 0UH
FL600 FL601
– 65 –
1-469-578-11 1-469-578-11
FERRITE FERRITE
1.1UH 1.1UH
6P
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
FL602 ! 1-533-597-42 FL603 ! 1-533-597-42 FL604 1-469-579-11
IC LINK IC LINK FERRITE
5A 5A 0.45UH
FL605 FL606 FL607
FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE
0.45UH 0.45UH 0.45UH
1-469-579-11 1-469-579-11 1-469-579-11
IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001 IC001
6-706-822-51
IC003 IC200 IC502 IC503 IC602
6-704-004-01 6-706-985-01 8-759-700-07 6-708-394-01 6-705-810-01
IC BR24L16F-WE2 IC AN17808A IC NJM2903M IC STV9325 IC MCZ3001DB
IC603 IC604 IC605 IC606 IC607
6-704-264-01 8-759-701-59 6-707-345-01 6-703-478-01 6-707-344-01
IC EK1135 IC NJM78M09FA IC KIA78D33F IC PQ018EF01SSH IC KIA78R05API
IC610
6-702-987-01
IC BA18BCOWFP-E2
6-706-781-01 6-706-570-21
IC TDA12019H1/N1E7F (KV-SW292N60) IC TDA12027H1/N1E0B (KV-SW292M61) IC TDA12067H1/N1E0B (Except KV-SW292M61/N60)
1-817-850-11
PHONO JACK
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
90V 90V
JR039 JR500 JR502
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0
JR503 JR600 JR603 JR911 JR1081
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR1100 JR1100 JR1101 JR1101 JR1181
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292N60) SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M61/N60) SHORT CHIP 0
JR1186 JR1186 JR1582 JR1681 JR1681
1-216-864-11
JR1683 JR1684 JR1980
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11
REMARK
SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292M61) SHORT CHIP 0 SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0
J901
REMARK
9P
JR001 JR002 JR003 JR004 JR006
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-295-91
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR007 JR008 JR009 JR010 JR013
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR014 JR018 JR019 JR022 JR024
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR025 JR026 JR027 JR028 JR029
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR030 JR032 JR033 JR034 JR035
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0 0 0 0
JR036 JR038
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
0 0
L003 L004 L005 L006 L007
1-414-856-11 1-414-187-11 1-469-525-91 1-414-856-11 1-414-856-11
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 47UH 10UH 10UH 10UH
L008 L009 L010 L011 L012
1-414-856-11 1-414-856-11 1-469-525-91 1-412-058-11 1-469-525-91
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH
L013 L031 L032 L033 L035
1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH
L036 L037 L038 L039 L040
1-469-525-91 1-469-525-91 1-414-856-11 1-414-158-11 1-414-922-31
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 10UH 10UH 2.2UH 330UH
L100 L101 L101 L101 L101
1-414-857-11 1-414-140-11
INDUCTOR 100UH INDUCTOR 0.68UH (KV-SW292N60) INDUCTOR 1.2UH (Except KV-SW292N60)
L102 L102 L103 L103 L103 L103
1-400-557-21
1-410-498-11
1-410-985-42 1-410-987-42
FERRITE 0.22UH (KV-SW292M61) INDUCTOR 0.22UH (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) INDUCTOR 0.33UH (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
L104 L106 L507 L511 L513
1-414-187-11 1-414-189-31 1-419-633-21 1-406-977-21 1-412-551-31
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
L514 L515
1-408-947-00 1-459-104-00
INDUCTOR 2.2MH COIL, WITH CORE
– 66 –
47UH 100UH 10MH 100UH 1.5MH
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
L518 L600 L690
1-414-187-11 1-412-531-31 1-412-525-31
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
47UH 33UH 10UH
L902
1-414-187-11
INDUCTOR
47UH
PHOTO COUPLER ON3171-R
PS600 PS601 PS602 PS603
! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42 ! 1-533-597-42
IC LINK IC LINK IC LINK IC LINK
5A 5A 5A 5A
90V 90V 90V 90V
Q001 Q002 Q015 Q016 Q017
8-729-421-22 8-729-010-05 8-729-421-22 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-25
TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
Q018 Q100 Q102 Q103 Q103
8-729-421-22 8-729-010-25 8-729-022-54 6-550-600-01
TRANSISTOR UN2211 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SC3779C,D-AA TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 (Except KV-SW292N60)
Q104 Q104 Q111 Q111 Q202
6-550-600-01 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05
TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 (Except KV-SW292N60) TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M61/N60) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1
Q203 Q505 Q506 Q511 Q512
8-729-010-25 8-729-931-45 6-551-129-01 6-550-845-01 8-729-120-28
TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR IRF614 TRANSISTOR 2SK3462 TRANSISTOR TT2142 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
Q513 Q515 Q516 Q600 Q607
8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25 8-729-200-17 8-729-010-25 6-551-302-11
TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SA1091-O TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR 2SK3561
Q608 Q609 Q612 Q613 Q614
6-551-302-11 8-729-016-42 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05 8-729-421-22
TRANSISTOR 2SK3561 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR UN2211
Q617 Q617 Q618 Q900 Q901
8-729-010-05
TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1
Q902 Q6601 Q6601 Q6602 Q6602
6-550-600-01 8-729-010-05
Q6603 Q6603
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05 8-729-010-05 6-550-600-01
8-729-010-25
TRANSISTOR MUN2216T1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M80) TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M80) TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 (KV-SW292M80)
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
Q6604 Q6604
8-729-010-25
TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 (KV-SW292M80)
PH601 ! 8-749-924-35
REF NO.
R001 R002 R003 R004 R005
1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
4.7K 100 4.7K 100 1K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R006 R007 R010 R011 R012
1-216-809-11 1-216-842-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 56K 10K 100 2.2K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R014 R015 R024 R025 R026
1-216-809-11 1-218-851-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 1.5K 100 100 100
5% 0.50% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R029 R030 R038 R039 R041
1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 100 100 100 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R042 R044 R045 R046 R048
1-216-825-11 1-216-834-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
2.2K 12K 100 100 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R051 R056 R058 R060 R061
1-218-885-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-819-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
39K 1K 0 100 680
0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
R088 R088 R088 R088 R089
1-216-816-11
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
1-216-815-11
METAL CHIP 390 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1.5K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 330
5%
1/10W
R095 R096 R097 R099 R100
1-216-864-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-821-11
SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R103 R106 R107 R107 R107 R107
1-211-981-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-827-11
METAL CHIP 33 METAL CHIP 4.7K METAL CHIP 3.3K (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 3.9K (Except KV-SW292N60)
0.50% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5%
1/10W
R108 R108 R108 R108 R109 R109
1-216-820-11
METAL CHIP 820 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (Except KV-SW292N60) RES-CHIP 68 (KV-SW292N60)
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R109 R109 R110 R110
1-216-019-00
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
– 67 –
1-216-823-11
1-216-828-11
1-216-821-11 1-216-021-00
1-216-821-11
0 220 220 220 1K
RES-CHIP 56 (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (Except KV-SW292N60)
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
R111 R111
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP 10K (Except KV-SW292N60)
5%
1/10W
R112 R112 R113 R113 R113 R113
1-218-867-11
METAL CHIP 6.8K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 220 (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 2.2K (Except KV-SW292N60)
0.50%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R114 R114 R115 R116 R118
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP 2.2K (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 100
5%
1/10W
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R119 R121 R128 R128 R131 R131
1-211-981-11 1-215-925-11 1-216-864-11
R146 R146 R148 R148 R149 R149
1-216-813-11
1-216-813-11 1-216-825-11
1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-211-969-11 1-218-839-11
METAL CHIP 33 0.50% METAL OXIDE 22K 5% SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL CHIP 100 5% (Except KV-SW292N60)
1/10W 3W
METAL CHIP 220 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 10 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 470 (KV-SW292N60)
5%
1/10W
0.50%
1/10W
0.50%
1/10W
R149 R149 R150 R150 R153 R153
1-216-864-11
R154 R155 R200 R201 R202
1-216-821-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-832-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
R203 R204 R205 R207 R208
1-216-832-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-830-11 1-218-867-11 1-218-867-11
R210 R211 R212 R217 R218
1-216-821-11
SHORT CHIP 0 (Except KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP 1K (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 470 (KV-SW292M61/N60)
1/10W
5%
1/10W
0.50%
1/10W
1K 22K 8.2K 3.3K 5.6K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
8.2K 3.3K 5.6K 6.8K 6.8K
5% 5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-835-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-864-11 1-249-411-11 1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP
15K 15K 0 330 0
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
5%
1/4W
R219 R220 R221 R229 R230
1-249-411-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-839-11 1-216-833-11
CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
330 0 1K 33K 10K
5%
1/4W
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R234 R235 R236 R237 R238
1-249-401-11 1-249-401-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
47 47 10K 100 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R240 R241 R242 R300 R300
1-216-825-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP 2.2K METAL CHIP 2.2K METAL CHIP 22K METAL CHIP 1K (KV-SW292M50/M80)
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10
1-218-839-11
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
R301 R303 R304 R305 R306
1-216-861-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-855-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-849-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP
2.2M 1M 680K 0 1.2K
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
0.50%
1/10W
R309 R310 R311 R312 R313
1-216-857-11 1-216-818-11 1-216-841-11 1-216-846-11 1-216-846-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
1M 560 47K 120K 120K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R314 R315 R316 R317 R322
1-218-863-11 1-218-863-11 1-218-867-11 1-216-825-11 1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP
4.7K 4.7K 6.8K 2.2K 0
0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R323 R336 R337 R338 R339
1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 10K 470 4.7K 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R340 R341 R355 R360 R361
1-216-833-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-837-11 1-218-877-11 1-216-830-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
10K 100 22K 18K 5.6K
5% 5% 5% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R363 R364 R379 R380 R381
1-218-859-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
3.3K 470 100 100 4.7K
0.50% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R382 R383 R383 R387 R388
1-216-829-11 1-216-864-11
5%
1/10W
1-216-809-11 1-216-843-11
METAL CHIP 4.7K SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M61/N60) METAL CHIP 100 METAL CHIP 68K
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
R389 R390 R392 R395 R397
1-216-809-11 1-216-857-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 1M 100 4.7K 100K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R399 R500 R505 R506 R507
1-216-829-11 1-216-821-11 1-218-895-11 1-218-879-11 1-249-389-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP CARBON
4.7K 1K 100K 22K 4.7
5% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W
R508 R509 R509 R509 R509
1-216-471-71 1-243-537-71
METAL OXIDE 27 5% METAL OXIDE 330 5% (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL OXIDE 100 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
3W 3W
R510 R511 R515 R519 R520
1-243-527-71 1-243-525-71 1-243-531-71 1-243-535-71 1-218-867-11
METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP
47 33 100 220 6.8K
5% 5% 5% 5% 0.50%
3W 3W 3W 3W 1/10W
R522 R525 R526 R533 R534
1-218-867-11 1-245-478-21 1-218-863-11 1-249-417-11 1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP METAL METAL CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP
6.8K 470K 4.7K 1K 0
0.50% 1% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/4W
R535 R542
1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 10K
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
– 68 –
1-243-531-71
REMARK
3W
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
R543 R546 R549
1-216-437-00 1-216-864-11 1-215-449-00
METAL OXIDE SHORT CHIP METAL
5.6K 0 15K
5%
1W
1%
R550 R551 R552 R553 R554
1-216-864-11 1-215-447-00 1-216-825-11 1-215-449-00 1-215-449-00
SHORT CHIP METAL METAL CHIP METAL METAL
0 12K 2.2K 15K 15K
R555 R556 R560 R562 R565
1-215-873-00 1-218-859-11 1-216-833-11 1-249-401-11 1-216-836-11
METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP
R567 R568 R570 R571 R573
1-216-849-11 1-249-383-11 1-218-867-11 1-218-863-11 1-216-838-11
R577 R578 R579 R580 R581
REMARK
1/4W
R678 R679 R681
1-249-421-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11
CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP
2.2K 0 10K
1% 5% 1% 1%
1/4W 1/10W 1/4W 1/4W
R687 R690 R694 R695 R696
1-216-825-11 1-249-417-11 1-208-826-11 1-208-812-11 1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP
4.7K 3.3K 10K 47 18K
5% 0.50% 5% 5% 5%
1W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W
R698 R699 R900 R901 R902
1-216-073-91 1-216-842-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
220K 1.5 6.8K 4.7K 27K
5% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R903 R904 R905 R906 R907
1-215-888-00 1-216-369-00 1-215-916-71 1-218-861-11 1-218-871-11
METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
220 1 680 3.9K 10K
5% 5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%
2W 2W 3W 1/10W 1/10W
R582 R585 R587 R590 R591
1-218-915-11 1-249-385-11 1-216-864-11 1-245-470-21 1-260-288-11
METAL CHIP CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CARBON
680K 2.2 0 220K 0.47
0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/4W
1% 5%
R593 R594 R596 R597 R599
1-260-288-11 1-260-288-11 1-215-916-71 1-247-750-11 1-216-838-11
CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON METAL CHIP
0.47 0.47 680 680 27K
R601 R607 R607 R607 R607
1-216-829-11 1-216-864-11
R613 R622 R638 R638 R639 R639
! 1-240-917-91 1-240-303-31 1-260-131-11
R642 R651 R652 R653 R654
5%
1/4W
5%
1/10W
2.2K 1K 68K 18K 0
5% 5% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W
RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
10K 56K 100 100 1K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-840-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 1K 39K 470 39K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R908 R909 R910 R912 R913
1-216-840-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
39K 39K 470 100 470K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1/4W 1/2W
R914 R915 R916 R917 R919
1-216-853-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
470K 220K 220K 68 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/2W 1/2W 3W 1/2W 1/10W
R920 R921 R922 R923 R924
1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
220K 220K 100 100 470K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% SHORT CHIP 0 (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
1/10W
R925 R928 R929 R930 R931
1-216-809-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-807-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 68 68 68 68
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
METAL 8.2M 5% CEMENTED 0.22 5% CARBON 470K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) CARBON 470K 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
1W 10W 1/2W
R940 R941 R942 R945 R946
1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-840-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
220K 220K 68 39K 39K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-242-949-11 1-208-774-11 1-218-873-11 1-208-758-11 1-208-805-11
FUSIBLE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
1W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R948 R949 R950 R952 R953
1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-840-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 100 100 220K 39K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R660 R661 R662 R664 R665 R665
1-216-295-91 1-218-760-11 1-216-639-11 1-208-840-11 1-249-389-11
SHORT CHIP 0 METAL CHIP 220K 0.50% METAL CHIP 330 0.50% METAL CHIP 270K 0.50% CARBON 4.7 5% (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W
R954 R955 R957 R972 R973
1-216-849-11 1-216-840-11 1-216-807-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
220K 39K 68 100 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP
1K 10 10K 10 10K
5% 5% 0.50% 5% 0.50%
1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP
100 100 0 4.7 22K
1/10W 1/10W
1-249-417-11 1-249-393-11 1-208-806-11 1-249-393-11 1-208-806-11
1-216-809-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-864-11 1-249-389-11 1-216-837-11
5% 5%
R669 R670 R672 R673 R675
R974 R975 R992 R2644 R5000
5% 5%
1/4W 1/10W
R676 R677
1-217-611-00 1-249-418-11
METAL CARBON
0.1 1.2K
10% 5%
2W 1/4W
R5001 R5002 R5003
1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 1-218-863-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
47K 10K 4.7K
5% 5% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
1-216-825-11
1-260-131-11
0.1 470 12K 100 9.1K
10% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W
1/2W
– 69 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
A REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
R5005 R5006
1-216-809-11 1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100 4.7K
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
R5008 R5009 R5010 R5011 R5012
1-216-845-11 1-216-853-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-835-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
100K 470K 10K 3.9K 15K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R5013 R5014 R5015 R5016 R5020
1-216-861-11 1-216-861-11 1-208-830-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-389-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE
2.2M 2.2M 100K 10K 1
5% 5% 0.50% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 3W
R5021 R5022 R5023 R5024 R5025
1-216-655-11 1-245-472-21 1-247-891-00 1-216-845-11 1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP METAL CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
1.5K 270K 330K 100K 4.7K
0.50% 1% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W
R5026 R5027 R5028 R5029 R5031
1-245-471-21 1-245-466-21 1-218-859-11 1-243-531-71 1-215-447-00
METAL METAL METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE METAL
240K 150K 3.3K 100 12K
1% 1% 0.50% 5% 1%
1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 3W 1/4W
R5032 R5033 R5034 R5036 R5050
1-215-916-71 1-216-809-11 1-216-853-11 1-215-449-00 1-216-864-11
METAL OXIDE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL SHORT CHIP
680 100 470K 15K 0
5% 5% 5% 1%
3W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W
R6000 R6000 R6001 R6001 R6004 R6004
1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)
4.7K
5%
1/10W
1K
5%
1/10W
4.7
5%
1/2W
R6005 R6005 R6007 R6007 R6008 R6008
1-260-300-11
CARBON (KV-SW292N60) SHORT CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)
4.7
5%
1/2W
10
5%
1/4W
4.7
5%
1/10W
22
5%
2W
68K
0.50%
1/10W
0.68
5%
10W
0.68
5%
10W
1M
5%
1/4W
CARBON (KV-SW292N60) METAL (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)
1M
5%
1/4W
0.68
10%
5W
15K
5%
1/10W
METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)
47K
5%
1/10W
10K
5%
1/10W
15K
5%
1/10W
R6009 R6009 R6012 R6012 R6013 R6013 R6014 R6014 R6015 R6015 R6016 R6016 R6019 R6019 R6020 R6020 R6022 R6022 R6023 R6023 R6024 R6024 R6025 R6025
1-216-821-11 1-260-300-11
1-216-864-11 1-249-393-11
1-216-793-11 1-215-882-00 1-208-826-11
1-240-262-11 1-240-262-11 1-247-903-00
1-247-903-00 1-217-159-00 1-216-835-11
1-216-841-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-835-11
METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL OXIDE (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) CEMENTED (KV-SW292N60) CEMENTED (KV-SW292N60) CARBON (KV-SW292N60)
REMARK
REF NO. R6026 R6026 R6027 R6027 R6028 R6028 R6029 R6029
PART NO. 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-208-840-11
1-218-760-11
DESCRIPTION METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60) METAL CHIP (KV-SW292N60)
REMARK 10K
5%
1/10W
10K
5%
1/10W
270K
0.50%
1/10W
220K
0.50%
1/10W
RY600 ! 1-755-198-12 RY601 ! 1-755-395-11 RY601 RY602 ! 1-755-395-11
RELAY, AC POWER RELAY (AC POWER) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) RELAY (AC POWER)
S501 S502 SWF100 SWF100 SWF100 SWF100
1-572-707-11 1-572-707-11 1-795-890-11 1-781-042-11 1-781-040-11
SWITCH, LEVER SWITCH, LEVER SAW FILTER (KV-SW292N60) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (K082) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
SWF101 SWF101 SWF101 SWF101
1-813-391-11
FILTER,SURFACE WAVE (41.25MHZ) (KV-SW292N60) FILTER, SURFACE WAVE (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)/N60)
1-767-302-11
T501 T503 T504 T505 T601
! 1-437-195-51 ! 1-453-297-41 1-433-850-11 1-426-981-71 ! 1-443-069-11
TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL DRIVE TRANSFORMER ASSY FLYBACK (NX-4009//M3I4) TRANSFORMER, HORIZONTAL LINEAR TRANSFORMER, FERRITE (PMT) CONVERTER TRANSFORMER (PIT)
T605 T605
! 1-437-851-11
TRANSFORMER ASSY, POWER (HST) (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
0
TH600 ! 1-805-808-11 TH601 1-803-586-11 TH601 TP02 1-536-354-00 TP03 1-536-354-00
THERMISTOR, PTC THERMISTOR, NTC (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) POST PIN POST PIN
TP04 TP101 TP502 TP602 TP603
1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00
POST PIN POST PIN (KV-SW292M61/N60) POST PIN POST PIN POST PIN
TP604 TP605
1-536-354-00 1-536-354-00
POST PIN POST PIN
TU101 TU101 TU102
– 70 –
1-693-659-11 8-597-962-00 8-598-620-20
TUNER (KV-SW292M61) TUNER, FSS BTP-AG411 (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) TUNER, FSS BTP-AA402 (KV-SW292N60)
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
REF NO.
PART NO.
A C
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF NO.
VD600 VD601 VD602 VD602
1-804-993-11 1-804-995-11 1-803-614-11
D783 D784 D1803 D1808
VARISTOR (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) VARISTOR VARISTOR ENE471D-20A (Except KV-SW292M50(Thailand))
PART NO. 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33 8-719-911-19 8-719-908-03
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE GP08D
X001
1-813-311-21
IC751 IC1801
6-703-482-01 6-706-557-01
IC TDA6108AJF/N1 IC AN15530A
QUARTS CRYSTAL UNIT
*************************************************************************************
J751
! 1-451-544-21
* A-1123-549-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M61/N60) * A-1129-411-A MOUNTED PWB(VAR), C (KV-SW292M50/M80) *********************** 1-900-262-86 4-382-854-01 7-685-646-79 *A707
4-042-408-02
LEAD ASSY, FOCUS SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+) (KV-SW292M61/N60) SCREW +BVTP 3X8 TYPE2 IT-3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) PIN(45), WIRE (KV-SW292M50/M80)
SOCKET, CRT
L750 L751 L752 L753 L754
1-414-856-11 1-412-539-11 1-414-938-21 1-414-938-21 1-414-938-21
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 150UH 47UH 47UH 47UH
C751 C752 C753 C754 C756
1-107-652-11 1-115-350-51 1-136-189-00 1-107-651-11 1-126-965-91
ELECT CERAMIC MYLAR ELECT ELECT
10UF 0.0047UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 22UF
20.00% 10.00% 20.00% 20.00%
250V 2KV 250V 250V 50V
C781 C783 C784 C786 C787
1-107-651-11 1-102-074-00 1-102-074-00 1-115-350-51 1-115-350-51
ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC CERAMIC
4.7UF 20.00% 0.001UF 10.00% 0.001UF 10.00% 0.0047UF 0.0047UF
250V 50V 50V 2KV 2KV
C788 C789 C790 C1800 C1803
1-162-925-11 1-162-925-11 1-162-925-11 1-107-701-11 1-104-665-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT
68PF 68PF 68PF 47UF 100UF
5.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20% 20.00%
50V 50V 50V 25V 25V
C1804 C1809
1-126-964-11 1-126-942-61
ELECT ELECT
10UF 1000UF
20.00% 20.00%
50V 25V
Q1800 Q1801 Q1802 Q1804
8-729-119-76 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-25 8-729-016-42
TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR KTC3199GR-TP
* CN701 CN702 CN703 CN704 CN705
1-564-510-11 1-695-915-11 1-691-765-11 1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11
PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P TAB (CONTACT) PLUG (MICRO CONNECTOR) 3P TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT)
CN706 CN707 * CN1801 * CN1802
1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11 1-564-510-11 1-564-506-11
TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 3P
R752 R753 R754 R756 R757
1-249-415-11 1-249-415-11 1-249-415-11 1-219-746-11 1-219-746-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL METAL
680 680 680 1K 1K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/2W 1/2W
R758 R760 R763 R764 R765
1-219-746-11 1-260-123-11 1-260-087-11 1-260-087-11 1-260-087-11
METAL CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
1K 100K 100 100 100
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W
R773 R774 R780 R781 R794
1-260-132-11 1-215-912-11 1-260-131-11 1-243-509-71 1-249-381-11
CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON
560K 150 470K 1.5 1
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/2W 3W 1/2W 3W 1/4W
R795 R1800 R1802 R1803 R1805
1-260-087-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-382-11 1-249-382-11 1-216-821-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP
100 1K 1.2 1.2 1K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/2W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W
R1806 R1808 R1809 R1810 R1813
1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
4.7K 4.7K 10K 10K 2.2K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R1814 R1815 R1816 R1827 R1828
1-216-825-11 1-216-849-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
2.2K 220K 10K 10K 10K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R1830
1-216-815-11
METAL CHIP
330
5%
1/10W
D750 D754 D755 D756 D782
8-719-908-03 8-719-970-83 8-719-970-83 8-719-970-83 8-719-109-89
DIODE GP08D DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE HSS82-TJ DIODE RD5.6ESB2
– 71 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
C F1 F2 REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
RV750 RV1800
1-241-656-21 1-238-019-11
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
C6607 C6609
1-162-927-11 1-126-966-11
CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
REMARK 100PF 33UF
5.00% 20.00%
50V 50V
RES, ADJ, METAL FILM 110M RES, ADJ, CARBON 47K
SG700 SG701
1-519-421-11 1-519-421-11
CN6601 ! 1-819-457-11 CN6602 1-819-456-11 CN6603 1-819-458-11
GAP, DISCHARGE GAP, DISCHARGE
CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 4P CONNECTOR PIN (FOR PCB) 5P
*********************************************************************** * A-1134-410-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1134-635-A MOUNTED PWB (VAR), F1 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ************************
C654 ! 1-117-703-51 C4601 ! 1-165-530-31
CERAMIC MYLAR
0.0047UF 99% 0.47UF 10
! 1-576-334-12
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
D6606 D6607 D6608 D6609 D6610
8-719-081-97 6-500-029-01 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MM3Z12VST1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1 DIODE MMDL914T1
IC6601 IC6604
6-708-427-01 8-759-085-67
PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) TAB (CONTACT)
FUSE
5A
JR6601 JR6602 JR6603 JR6604
250V
1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11
1-533-223-11 1-533-223-11
FUSE HOLDER FUSE HOLDER
0A 0A
PH6602 ! 6-600-187-11 PH6603 ! 6-600-187-11
0V 0V
METAL CEMENTED CEMENTED
820K 0.22 0.22
5% 5% 5%
0.5W 10W 10W
Q6601 Q6602 Q6603 Q6604
8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25 8-729-010-05 8-729-010-25
T4602
! 1-435-214-11
TRANSFORMER, LINE FILTER
* A-1129-410-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) * A-1123-558-A MOUNTED PWB, F2 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************
1-162-927-11 1-162-970-11 1-162-927-11 1-162-927-11 1-126-961-11
CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT
PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F PHOTO COUPLER PC123Y22FZ0F
TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSB709-RT1 TRANSISTOR MSD601-RT1
***********************************************************************
C6602 C6603 C6604 C6605 C6606
0 0 0 0
R4601 ! 1-243-994-91 R4602 1-240-303-31 R4603 1-240-303-31
SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP
FH001 FH002
IC KIA431AF IC LM339NS
F4601
8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97 8-719-081-97
250V 0V
* CN4601 ! 1-580-843-11 CN4602 ! 1-794-577-21 CN4603 1-695-915-11
D6601 D6602 D6603 D6604 D6605
100PF 0.01UF 100PF 100PF 2.2UF
5.00% 10.00% 5.00% 5.00% 20.00%
50V 25V 50V 50V 50V
R6601 R6602 R6603 R6604 R6605
1-218-871-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-863-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
10K 10K 4.7K 510K 510K
0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6606 R6607 R6608 R6609 R6610
1-208-847-11 1-218-889-11 1-218-889-11 1-218-895-11 1-208-847-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
510K 56K 56K 100K 510K
0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6611 R6612 R6613 R6614 R6615
1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-832-11 1-208-827-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
510K 510K 510K 120K 75K
0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
– 72 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
REF NO.
PART NO.
F2 H4 H7
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF NO.
R6616 R6617 R6618 R6619 R6620
1-218-889-11 1-216-853-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
56K 470K 510K 510K 510K
0.50% 5% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6621 R6622 R6623 R6624 R6625
1-208-832-11 1-208-827-11 1-216-853-11 1-216-855-11 1-218-889-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
120K 75K 470K 680K 56K
0.50% 0.50% 5% 5% 0.50%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6626 R6627 R6628 R6629 R6630
1-208-847-11 1-208-847-11 1-218-887-11 1-218-887-11 1-216-840-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
510K 510K 47K 47K 39K
0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 0.50% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6631 R6632 R6633 R6634 R6635
1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-837-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
10K 10K 4.7K 22K 22K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6636 R6637 R6638 R6639 R6640
1-216-829-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-828-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
4.7K 4.7K 3.9K 10K 10K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
R6641 R6642
1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP METAL CHIP
10K 1K
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
S1650
! 1-786-649-12
SWITCH, AC POWER PUSH
*********************************************************************** * A-1123-553-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1129-415-A MOUNTED PWB, H7 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************
C3900 C3902 C3910 C3911
1-137-150-11 1-137-150-11 1-126-947-11 1-126-947-11
FILM FILM ELECT ELECT
0.01UF 0.01UF 47UF 47UF
5.00% 5.00% 20.00% 20.00%
100V 100V 35V 35V
* CN3901 * CN3903 * CN3905 * CN3907 * CN3908
1-564-507-11 1-564-509-11 1-564-510-11 1-564-508-11 1-564-508-11
PLUG, CONNECTOR 4P PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P PLUG, CONNECTOR 7P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
D3908 D3912 D3913
8-719-109-89 8-719-991-33 8-719-991-33
DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE 1SS133T-77
*********************************************************************** * A-1123-552-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1129-414-A MOUNTED PWB, H4 (KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************* * A1900 * A1900
4-055-304-01 4-055-304-11
J3903 J3904
1-770-329-13 1-770-786-22
JACK, PIN 3P JACK
HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M61/N60) HOLDER, LED (KV-SW292M50/M80)
C1900 C1901
1-102-114-00 1-102-114-00
CERAMIC CERAMIC
JR3901 470PF 470PF
* CN1651 ! 1-580-844-11 * CN1652 ! 1-580-844-11 * CN1900 1-564-508-11
PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) PLUG, CONNECTOR 5P
10.00% 10.00%
1-216-864-11
50V 50V
SHORT CHIP
0
L3901 L3902
1-414-183-41 1-414-183-41
INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
10UH 10UH
Q3901 Q3902
8-729-036-80 8-729-036-80
TRANSISTOR KRC110M TRANSISTOR KRC110M
D1900 D1901 D1902 D1903
8-719-109-89 8-719-109-89 8-719-991-33 8-719-083-18
DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE RD5.6ESB2 DIODE 1SS133T-77 DIODE SPB-25MVWF
IC1900
6-704-532-01
IC RPM7240-H5
R3907 R3908 R3909 R3910 R3911
1-249-417-11 1-249-413-11 1-249-411-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-409-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
1K 470 330 220 220
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
R3912 R3914 R3915 R3916 R3920
1-249-407-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-419-11 1-249-401-11 1-249-415-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
150 220 1.5K 47 680
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
– 73 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
H7 J3 VM REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
S3902 S3903 S3904 S3905 S3907
1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21
SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE
S3908 S3909
1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21
SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
D5903 D5904 D5905
8-719-911-19 8-719-110-86 8-719-911-19
DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE RD39ESB DIODE 1SS119-25
REMARK
FB5900
1-412-911-11
FERRITE
0UH
L5901
1-414-187-11
INDUCTOR
47UH
*********************************************************************** * A-1129-417-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-555-A MOUNTED PWB, J3 (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************
* CN2410
1-564-523-11
1-817-895-11
Q5901 Q5902 Q5903 Q5904 Q5905
8-729-230-45 8-729-809-26 8-729-230-45 8-729-119-76 8-729-230-45
TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1606-E TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
Q5906 Q5912 Q5913 Q5914
8-729-809-29 8-729-230-45 8-729-119-76 8-729-230-45
TRANSISTOR 2SC4159-E TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR TRANSISTOR 2SA1175-HFE TRANSISTOR 2SC2458-YGR
PLUG, CONNECTOR 8P
J2410
JACK BLOCK, PIN
*********************************************************************** * A-1129-419-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (KV-SW292M50/M80) * A-1123-557-A MOUNTED PWB, VM (Except KV-SW292M50/M80) ******************* 4-382-854-01
SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
C5902 C5903 C5905 C5906 C5907
1-104-661-91 1-161-830-00 1-107-648-91 1-130-491-00 1-107-638-11
ELECT CERAMIC ELECT MYLAR ELECT
330UF 0.0047UF 100UF 0.047UF 33UF
20.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20.00%
16V 500V 200V 50V 160V
C5908 C5909 C5910 C5911 C5912
1-106-383-00 1-126-933-11 1-130-471-00 1-107-949-11 1-104-999-11
MYLAR ELECT MYLAR ELECT MYLAR
0.047UF 100UF 0.001UF 2.2UF 0.1UF
10.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20% 5.00%
200V 16V 50V 200V 200V
C5913 C5914 C5916 C5917 C5918
1-130-471-00 1-126-933-11 1-137-374-11 1-126-925-91 1-102-244-00
MYLAR ELECT MYLAR ELECT CERAMIC
0.001UF 100UF 0.047UF 470UF 220PF
5.00% 20.00% 5.00% 20.00% 10.00%
50V 16V 50V 10V 500V
C5923
1-136-497-81
FILM
0.1UF
5.00%
50V
* CN5901 * CN5904
1-564-509-11 1-770-747-11
PLUG, CONNECTOR 6P CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 12P
R5900 R5902 R5903 R5904 R5905
1-249-401-11 1-249-414-11 1-247-734-11 1-249-411-11 1-249-417-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
47 560 39 330 1K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/2W 1/4W 1/4W
R5906 R5907 R5908 R5909 R5910
1-249-417-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-383-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-403-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
1K 1K 1.5 220 68
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
R5911 R5912 R5914 R5915 R5916
1-249-439-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-404-00 1-249-429-11 1-249-419-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
68K 47K 82 10K 1.5K
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
R5917 R5918 R5919 R5920 R5921
1-249-416-11 1-249-429-11 1-249-417-11 1-249-439-11 1-216-476-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE
820 10K 1K 68K 180
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 3W
R5922 R5923 R5925 R5929 R5936
1-249-414-11 1-249-383-11 1-249-400-11 1-215-880-00 1-249-406-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON METAL OXIDE CARBON
560 1.5 39 10 120
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 2W 1/4W
R5937 R5947 R5948 R5949 R5950
1-249-406-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-437-11 1-249-409-11 1-249-411-11
CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON CARBON
120 47K 47K 220 330
5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W
R5951 R5952
1-249-412-11 1-249-413-11
CARBON CARBON
390 470
5% 5%
1/4W 1/4W
D5901 D5902
8-719-911-19 8-719-110-86
DIODE 1SS119-25 DIODE RD39ESB
***********************************************************************
– 74 –
KV-SW292M50/M61/M80/N60 RM-GA002 The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
**************************************** * 2-067-511-01 * 2-631-264-01 2-636-431-11 2-639-391-11 2-645-536-11
CUSHION, UPPER CUSHION, LOWER MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M50(India)/M80) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M50(Thailand)) MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292M61)
2-635-887-11 * 2-632-281-01 * 2-636-375-01 3-701-910-00 4-392-004-11
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KV-SW292N60) INDIVIDUAL CARTON (KV-SW292M61/N60) INDIVIDUAL CARTON (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) SCREW, SPECIAL (DIA. 3.8X20) CLIP (KV-SW292M61/N60)
4-059-705-01 4-392-003-21 4-392-003-11 * 4-029-168-01 * 4-029-168-21
CLIP (Except KV-SW292M61/N60) BAND, HOLDING (KV-SW292M50/M80) BAND, HOLD (KV-SW292M61/N60) BAG, PROTECTION (KV-SW292M61/N60) BAG, PROTECTION (Except KV-SW292M61/M80)
*********************************************************************** *********************** 1-479-379-11 4-084-290-01
REMOTE COMMANDER (RM-GA002) REMOTE COMMANDER BATTERY COVER
Sony Corporation 9-872-834-02
Sony EMCS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. Visual Products
– 75 –
English
2005.7
2-636-431-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV GB
Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.
KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252
M80 M50
© 2005 Sony Corporation
01GB01COV-SOEMME.p65
1 Black
5/31/05, 10:06 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.
For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.
Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.
2
01GB02WAR-SOEMME.p65
2 Black
5/31/05, 10:06 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Table of Contents Installation
Menu Adjustment
Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6
Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 12 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15
Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9
Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 16 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18
GB Additional Information
Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11
Connecting optional components ... 19 Troubleshooting ................................. 21 Specifications ...................... Back cover
3
01GB03TOC-SOEMME.p65
3 Black
5/31/05, 10:06 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Installation
x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV. 20 mm 3.8 mm screws
clamps
band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.
Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
4
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
4 Black
5/31/05, 10:06 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Installation
Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tip • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 19).
Step 3
b
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select
Confirm
End
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
5 Black
5/31/05, 10:06 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
5
x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.
1
Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select
2
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select
After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.
Confirm
End
Program: TV System: VHF Low
01 B/G
To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .
End
If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .
3
The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.
6
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select
Confirm
Exit
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select
Confirm
Exit
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
6 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.
Installation
Select
Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.
4
Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . Select
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
End
“Picture V-Position” menu appears.
5
If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press
6
.
To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .
Select
Confirm
Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
7 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
7
Overview of Controls
x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel
qa R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
qf qd qs TV front panel
87
9
0
65
4
3 2
1
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
2
R
SOUND MODE
PROG
Button/Terminal 1 !
Function Turn off or turn on the TV.
2 2 3 4 5 6
Standby indicator.
5
Wake Up indicator.
10
1
Page 5
Remote control sensor.
–
PROG +/–
Select program number.
–
2 +/–
Adjust volume.
–
t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.
6 7 WEGA GATE
8
12
Confirm selected items.
12
Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.
12
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
t2
Video input terminal 2.
19
i
Headphone jack.
8 SOUND MODE 9 0 qa qs qd qf
19
–
Component video input terminal.
20
T
Monitor output terminal.
19
t1, t3
Video input terminal 1, 3.
19
8
Antenna input terminal.
19
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
8 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic functions
0
qd
qf
1
Overview of Controls
qa qs
A/B
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
3 PROG
4 5
qg qh
qj WEGA GATE
RETURN
6
qk
7
ql w;
8 9 TV
Button 1 ?/1
Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.
2 a 3
Display the TV program.
–
Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.
–
4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8
Page –
Select program number.
–
Adjust volume.
–
Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
–
9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9 ql
Select surround mode options.
15
Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.
– –
Select TV or video input.
19
w;
Input numbers.
–
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
Select picture mode options.
11
continue Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
9 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
9
continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations
Page
6
Confirm selected items.
7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b
Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
13
Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Timer operations
Return to the previous level
qg
Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
(Wake up timer)
–
The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).
qh (Sleep timer)
–
Teletext operations (green label)
, ,
,
, ,
, ,
Not function for your TV.
–
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Not function for your TV.
–
,
(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations
10
–
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMME.p65
10 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.
Selecting the picture mode Press
A/B
to select the desired picture mode.
1
2
3
Select
4
5
6
“Vivid”
contrast and sharp pictures.
7
8
9
“Standard”
normal pictures.
“Custom”
the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 14).
0
PROG
To view
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
Selecting the sound mode Press
(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select
To listen to Dynamic
“Dynamic”
dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Standard
“Standard”
sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Custom”
the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).
Custom
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65
11 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
11
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs and “Settings” menu for TV adjustment. WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs Settings
“TV”
02 03
watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)
04
Select
05
Confirm
Select
Confirm
End
External Inputs
“External Inputs”
1
Video 1
2
Video 2
3
Video 3
select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 19)
DVD
Select End
Confirm
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
“Settings”
Select
Confirm
change the settings of your TV (see page 18)
End
How to use WEGA GATE TV
WEGA GATE TV External Inputs Settings
Select
Confirm
(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
01 02 03 04 05 Select
(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
TV
WEGA GATE TV
01 02 03 04 05 Select
External Inputs Settings
Confirm
End
(or b) to confirm your selection (2) Press or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, operations above.
12
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.
and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65
12 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.
”Picture” (see page 14) “Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
Confirm
End
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
Confirm
End
”Sound” (see page 15) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”
”Channel Setup” (see page 16) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “I” “D/K” “TV System”: “B/G” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Fine”: “Auto” “Manual” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit”
Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit
Select
Confirm
Setup Language:
End
English
Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
Select
Confirm
Auto
End
“Custom”
“M”
”Setup” (see page 18) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Arabic) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “Color System”: “Auto” “NTSC4.43” “No” “Factory Settings”: “Yes”
Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65
13 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
13
x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .
) is
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select
To
“Picture Mode”
choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Color Temperature”
adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture”
optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press
.
.
.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode
1
Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2 3
Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press
.
Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
14
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-SOEMME.p65
14 Black
5/31/05, 10:07 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select
To
“Sound Mode”
choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Balance”
Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume”
adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press
“Surround”
.
.
choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.
1
Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press
.
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2
Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11). Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65
15 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
15
x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit
Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select
To
“Auto Program”
preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program”
manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 17).
“Program Sorting/Edit”
change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).
.
Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
16
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65
16 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually
1
After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. .
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .
2
Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select
01 B/G Auto Auto
Confirm
End
Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .
3
If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press
4
.
If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press
.
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press
.
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5
If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65
17 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
17
x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( . then press
Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
),
Select
3
English
Auto
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select
To
“Language”
change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ then press .
“Picture Position”
.
” (Arabic),
adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press
“Video Label”
.
label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press
. Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/“Video 2”/“Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, . then press “Color System”
select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.
“Factory Settings”
reset your TV to factory settings. and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press Press
.
To cancel, select “No”, then press
18
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMME.p65
18 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel
Audio/Video cable (not supplied) L(MONO)
R
2
Camcorder
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
Antenna cable (not supplied)
CR
VCR Audio/Video cable (not supplied) DVD player
Note • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T ) TV rear panel
Audio system R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
VCR
continue Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65
19 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
19
continued
Connecting to the component video input terminal (
)
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)
Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive output when connecting to either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
20
Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-SOEMME.p65
20 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom
Solutions
Snowy picture, noisy sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 17). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 17). • Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, noisy sound
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 17).
Good picture, noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).
No picture, no sound
• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).
Good picture, no sound
• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or stripes
• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or “ghosts”
• Use a highly directional antenna.
No color
• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. continue Additional Information
01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65
21 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
21
continued Symptom
22
Solutions
Picture slant
• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 18).
Abnormal color patches
• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.
The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.
• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.
• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
TV cabinet creaks.
• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.
• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65
22 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
x Specifications KV-SW342M80 KV-SW342M50
KV-SW292M80 KV-SW292M50
KV-SW252M80 KV-SW252M50
Power requirements
110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W)
Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system
B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system
PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage B/G
Note
VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I
UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K
VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M
VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna)
75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker)
6W+6W
Number of terminal (Video)
Input: 3
Output: 1
Input: 4
Output: 1
(Audio) (Component Video)
i (Headphone)
Input: 1
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Output: 1
Stereo minijack
34 in.
29 in.
25 in.
Tube size (cm)
86
72
64
Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm)
80
68
60
Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)
895 × 678 × 578
780 × 583 × 523
696 × 517 × 522
75
47
36
Picture tube
Mass (kg)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
Sony Corporation Additional Information
01GB08ADV-SOEMME.p65
23 Black
5/31/05, 10:08 PM
Sony KV-SW342M80 Group Q4 (GB)_2-636-431-11 (1)
23
2-645-536-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV GB
Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.
CT
使用說明書 • 使用本電視機之前請先詳細閱讀此手冊﹐並妥善保存以備日後用作參考。
KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252 © 2005 Sony Corporation
M61 M50
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.
For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.
Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.
2
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Table of Contents Installation
Menu Adjustment
Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6
Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 15 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 16 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 17 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 18
Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9
Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 19 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 21
GB Additional Information
Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11 Listening to the FM Radio (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 12 Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) .......... 13 Viewing Teletext (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) ................................ 14
Connecting optional components ... 22 Troubleshooting ................................. 24 Specifications ...................... Back cover
3
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Installation
x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.
20 mm 3.8 mm screws
clamps
band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.
Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
4
Installation
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Getting Started Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Installation
Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tips • Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input) terminal (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only) (see page 22). • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 22).
Step 3
b
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6).
Select
Confirm
End
Installation
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
5
x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.
1
Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select
2
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select
After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.
Confirm
End
Program: TV System: VHF Low
01 Auto
To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .
End
If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .
3
The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.
6
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select
Confirm
Exit
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select
Confirm
Exit
Installation
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.
Installation
Select
Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.
4
Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . Select
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
End
“Picture V-Position” menu appears.
5
If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press
6
.
To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .
Select
Confirm
Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.
Installation
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
7
Overview of Controls
x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel
2
R FM
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
qf
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
qa
PROG
qd qs TV front panel
9
0
87
65
4
3 2
1
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
2
R FM
PROG
Button/Terminal 1 ! 2 1
Function Turn off or turn on the TV. Standby indicator. 2 Wake Up indicator. 3 Remote control sensor. 4 PROG +/– Select program number. 5 2 +/– Adjust volume. 6 t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.
6 7 WEGA GATE
Confirm selected items.
Page 5 5 10 – – – 22 15 15
Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.
15
8 FM
Listen to FM Radio.
12
(KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) SOUND MODE (KV-SW292M50/ SW252M50 only) 9 t2 0 i
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
Video input terminal 2. Headphone jack. Component video input terminal. Monitor output terminal. Video input terminal 1, 3. Antenna input terminal.
22 – 23 23 22 22
qa qs T qd t1, t3 qf 8
The button will be labeled as SOUND MODE for KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only.
8
Overview of Controls
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic functions 0
1 A/B
2
qd
qf
Overview of copntrols
qa qs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
3 PROG
4 5
qg qh
qj
6 WEGA GATE
RETURN
qk
7
ql w;
8 9 TV
Button 1 ?/1
Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.
2 a 3
Display the TV program.
–
Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.
–
4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8
Page –
Select program number.
–
Adjust volume.
–
Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
–
9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9
Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.
18 – –
Select TV or video input.
22
Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
–
ql
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
w;
Select picture mode options.
11 continue Overview of Controls
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
9
continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations
6
Confirm selected items.
7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b
Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
qk RETURN Timer operations
Page 15
Select and adjust items. Return to the previous level
qg (Wake up timer)
Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
–
The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode.
qh (Sleep timer)
Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).
–
Teletext operations (green label) (KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only)
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
All buttons are used for Teletext operations.
14
(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations , , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode.
10
– 13
Overview of Controls
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.
Selecting the picture mode Press
A/B
to select the desired picture mode.
1
2
3
Select
To view
4
5
6
“Vivid”
contrast and sharp pictures.
7
8
9
“Standard”
normal pictures.
“Custom”
the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 17).
0 PROG
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
Selecting the sound mode Press (or SOUND MODE on the front panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only)) to select the desired sound mode. 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select “Dynamic”
To listen to Dynamic
dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Standard”
Standard
sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Custom”
Custom
the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 18).
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Advanced Operations
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
11
x Listening to the FM Radio B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only
You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV. To access to FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 15). or Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8). To exit from FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”, then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press . or Press FM button on the front panel.
Listening to preset stations A/B
A/B 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 2
Access to FM Radio mode.
3
Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station number and label will appear on the screen. To select the desired preset FM radio station, press PROG +/–.
0 PROG
PROG +/–
V, v, B, b WEGA GATE
WEGA GATE
RETURN
Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”. Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 19).
Tip • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to directly select the desired preset FM radio station.
TV
Listening to non-preset stations
1 2
Access to FM Radio mode.
3
If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually.
Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and label will not be displayed.
Notes • You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM Radio mode. • The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in the memory. • If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 19). Note • When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.
12
Advanced Operations
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of NICAM and A2 stereo systems by using the A/B button.
When receiving a NICAM program Broadcasting A/B
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
NICAM (Stereo sound)
t
Mono (Regular sound)
NICAM bilingual
NICAM Main t NICAM Sub t Mono (Main sound) (Sub sound) (Regular sound)
NICAM monaural
NICAM Main (Main sound)
t
1
On-screen display (Selected sound)
t
NICAM stereo
A/B
0
t
Mono (Regular sound)
t
PROG
When receiving an A2 program WEGA GATE
Broadcasting
On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 stereo
Stereo (Stereo sound)
A2 bilingual
Main (Main sound)
t
Mono (Regular sound)
t
Sub (Sub sound)
t
RETURN
t
TV
Note • If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a stereo program, select “Mono”. The sound becomes monaural but the noise is reduced.
Advanced Operations
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
13
x Viewing Teletext B KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 only Some TV stations broadcast an information service called Teletext which allows you to receive various information, such as stock market reports and news. You can use the buttons on the remote to view Teletext.
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
,
PROG
Do this
display a Teletext page on the TV picture
Press . Each time you press , the screen changes as follows: Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV. If there is no Teletext broadcast, “100” is displayed at the top left corner of the screen.
check the contents of a Teletext service
Press . An overview of the Teletext contents, including page numbers, appears on the screen.
select a Teletext page
Press the number buttons to enter the three-digit page number of the desired Teletext page. If you make a mistake, reenter the correct page number. To access the next or previous page, press or .
hold (pause) a Teletext display
Press to display the symbol “ ” at the top left corner of the screen. To resume normal Teletext viewing, press .
reveal concealed information (e.g., an answer to a quiz)
Press . To conceal the information, press the button again.
enlarge the Teletext display
Press . Each time you press , the Teletext display changes as follows: Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower half t Normal size.
WEGA WEGA GATE GATE
RETURN
(red, green, yellow, blue)
To
TV
stand by for a Teletext (1) Enter the Teletext page number that page while watching you want to refer to, then press . a TV program (2) When the page number is displayed, press to show the text. select a FASTEXT menu or the colored boxes
Press (red, green, yellow and blue) that corresponds to the desired menu or page number.
turn off Teletext
Press a.
Note • The FASTEXT feature can be used only when the FASTEXT broadcast is available.
14
Advanced Operations
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu. TV
WEGA GATE TV
01
“TV”
External Inputs FM Radio Settings
02 03
watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)
04 05
Select
Select
Confirm
Confirm
End
External Inputs
“External Inputs”
1
Video 1
2
Video 2
3
Video 3
select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 22)
DVD
Select End
Confirm
FM Radio
“FM Radio”
listen to the FM Radio (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/SW252M61 only) (see page 12)
Preset 1:
---.-Please setup FM Radio Select Preset 1-9 Search Fine
—PROG+
Exit
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
“Settings”
Select
change the settings of your TV (see page 16)
End
Confirm
How to use WEGA GATE TV
WEGA GATE TV External Inputs FM Radio Settings
Select
Confirm
(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
01 02 03 04 05 Select
(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
TV 01 02 03 04 05 Select
WEGA GATE TV External Inputs FM Radio Settings Confirm Select
End
(or b) to confirm your selection (2) Press or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, above.
Confirm
End
Confirm
(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.
and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
15
x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted. Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
End
Confirm
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
Confirm
End
Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit FM Radio Setup
Select
Confirm
End
“Sound” (see page 18) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”
“Custom”
“Channel Setup” (see page 19) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “M” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Manual” “Fine”: “Auto” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit” “FM Radio Setup” (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only) “Setup” (see page 21)
Setup Language:
English
Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
Select
“Picture” (see page 17) “Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Neutral” “Warm” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”
Confirm
Auto
End
“Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” “No” “Factory Settings”: “Yes”
Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
16
Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .
) is
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select
To
“Picture Mode”
choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Color Temperature”
adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture”
optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press
.
.
.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode
1
Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2 3
Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press
.
Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
17
x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select
To
“Sound Mode”
choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Balance”
Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume”
adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press
“Surround”
.
.
choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.
1
Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press
.
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2
Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
18
Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly by using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front button on the remote control (see panel (KV-SW292M50/SW252M50 only) (see page 8) or page 11). Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels, sort or edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit FM Radio Setup
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select
.
To
“Auto Program”
preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program”
manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 20).
“Program Sorting/Edit” change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6). “FM Radio Setup”* (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61 SW252M61 only)
preset up to nine FM radio stations. You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be received in your area and then store the radio frequency of the desired FM radio stations. (1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position, . then press (2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations. Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in. If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM radio station. (3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press . (4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations. * The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using WEGA GATE system (see page 15) or pressing the FM button on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.
Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. continue • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked. Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
19
continued
Presetting channels manually
1
After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. .
(1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .
2
Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select
01 B/G Auto Auto
Confirm
End
Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .
3
If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press
4
.
If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press
.
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press
.
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5
If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
20
Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .
),
Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings Select
3
English
Auto
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select
To
“Language”
change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ . then press
“Picture Position”
.
” (Chinese),
adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press
.
“Video Label”
label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Color System”
select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.
“Factory Settings”
reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press
.
To cancel, select “No”, then press
Note • Color system is not selectable in FM Radio mode.
Menu Adjustment
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
21
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
L(MONO)
R
2
Camcorder
Antenna cable (not supplied)
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
TV, CATV, Satellite or When there is no FM signal Antenna selector
CR
FM signal
TV signal
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
VCR Antenna cable (not supplied) DVD player
Notes • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 20). • FM signal can only be received by model with FM Radio.
22
Additional Information
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
Audio system R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal (
)
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)
Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
23
x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom
Solutions
Snowy picture, noisy sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 20). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 20). • Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, noisy sound
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 20).
Good picture, noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 20).
No picture, no sound
• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 22). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).
Good picture, no sound
• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or stripes
• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or “ghosts”
• Use a highly directional antenna.
No color
• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 17).
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 21). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
24
Additional Information
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
Symptom Picture slant
Solutions • Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 21).
Abnormal color patches
• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.
TV cannot receive stereo broadcast sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22).
or
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast sound switches on and off or is distorted (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only). Teletext display is incomplete (snowy picture or double images) (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only).
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 22). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 20). • Try using an external booster. • Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 20).
TV cannot receive FM radio station (KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only).
• Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 22).
The 1 (standby) • Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. indicator on your Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony TV flashes red service center. several times after every three seconds. The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.
• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
TV cabinet creaks.
• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.
• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
25
警告 • 本電視機內存在危險性高電壓。 • 本電視機僅可在 110-240 伏特交流電壓下操作。 • 若未完成所有連接程序﹐請勿插入電源線﹔否則極少量的電流可能經天線或其它端子 外泄。 • 若打算近期內不使用遙控器﹐請將電池取出﹐以避免電池泄漏而損壞遙控器。若您不 小心觸及電池所泄漏的液體﹐應立即用水洗淨。
為了個人安全起見﹐雷雨期間﹐ 請勿觸摸電視機的任何部份﹐包 括電源線和天線電纜。
為了兒童安全起見﹐請勿讓他們 獨自逗留在電視機旁。千萬別讓 兒童攀爬本電視機。
為防止火災或觸電﹐請勿使本電 視機被雨淋或受潮。
請勿放置任何物體於電視機上。 請勿使任何液體滴濕或噴濕本電 視機。請勿放置任何裝有液體的 物體（如花瓶）於電視機上。
若有任何液體流入或固體落入本 電視機內時﹐請勿操作本電視 機。應立即請合格的專業人員檢 查。
放置電視機於穩定的､並足以支 撐電視機重量的電視支架及地面 上。確保電視支架的表面平整且 表面積寬於電視機底面。
請勿堵塞本電視機的通風口。 請勿將本電視機放置於諸如書架 或嵌入式壁櫥等封閉之處。
本電視機只適於家庭使用。請勿 將本電視機放置於任何交通工具 內或多塵､高溫､潮濕或震動頻 繁之處。
請勿在同一電源插座上插入太多 的電器。請勿損壞電源線。
請勿打開本電視機的機殼和後蓋﹐ 因為電視機內存在高電壓和危險性 部件。須由合格的專業人員對電視 機進行檢修或棄置。
請用乾的軟布清潔本電視機。請 勿使用汽油､稀釋劑或任何其它 化學品清潔本電視機。請勿在電 視機殼噴塗表面貼附任何物體 （例如﹐貼紙﹐透明玻璃膠紙﹐ 膠合劑等）。請勿刮劃顯像管。
捏住插頭將電源線拔開。請勿直 接拉拔電源線。即使電視機已斷 開電源﹐但只要電源線還在插座 內﹐它仍接通至交流電源。若想 移動本電視機或打算近期內不使 用本電視機時﹐請將電源線拔 開。
2
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
目錄 設置您的電視機
調整您的設定(MENU）
固定電視機 ..................... 4 準備工作 ....................... 5 設定您的電視機 （“初始化设定”） ............. 6
控制鍵總概況
介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統 ..... “设定”調整 .................. 調整“图像设定” .............. 調整“声音设定” .............. 調整“频道设定” .............. 調整“设定”菜單 ..............
電視機前面和背後的控制板 ....... 8 使用遙控器和基本功能 ........... 9
附加信息
高級操作 選擇圖像和聲音模式 ............ 收聽調頻收音 （僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61） ...... 欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目 （僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61） ...... 收看圖文電視 （僅於 KV-SW342M61 /SW292M61/SW252M61） ......
11
15 16 17 18 19 21
連接選購的裝置 ................ 22 故障檢修 ...................... 24 規格 ........................ 封底
CT
12
13
14
3
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
設置您的電視機
x 固定電視機 為防止電視機摔落﹐請使用所提供的螺絲､夾子和帶條以固定電視機。
20 毫米 3.8 毫米 螺絲
夾子
帶條
將帶條分別固定至電視機背後提供的螺絲孔 及電視支架上。
或 (1) 將一根繩索或鏈條穿過夾子。 (2) 將其中一個夾子固定至牆上或柱子上﹐ 而另一個夾子則固定至電視機背後提供 的螺絲孔上。
或 (1) 將繩索或鏈條的未端分別穿過電視機背 後提供的柄上。 (2) 用可支撐電視機重量的連接物將繩索或 鏈條固定至牆上或柱子上。
註 • 請僅使用提供的螺絲。使用其它螺絲可能會損壞本電視機。
4
設置您的電視機
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 準備工作 步驟 1
1
將所提供的電池裝入遙控器。
b
註 • 請勿使用舊電池或同時使用不同類型的電池。
步驟 2
1
1
將天線電纜（未提供）連接至電視機背後的 8（天線輸 入）端子。
設置您的電視機
1
提示 • 通過 8（天線輸入）端子正確的連接﹐您的電視機可接收電 視及調頻收音的信號（僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61）（參考第 22 頁）。 • 您也可將本電視機連接至其它選購的裝置（參考第 22 頁）。
步驟 3
b
插入電源線﹐然後按壓電視機上的 ! 鍵以接通電視機的 電源。 註 • 打開電視機時 1（待機）指示燈將閃爍為綠燈數秒鐘。這並不 表示發生故障。
步驟 4 按照“Initial Setup”（“初始化设定”）菜單的指示以 設定您的電視機（參考第 6 頁）。
Select
Confirm
End
設置您的電視機
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
5
x 設定您的電視機（“初始化设定”） 當您第一次打開電視機時﹐“Initial Setup”（“初始化设定”）菜單將會顯示在 屏幕上。您可用遙控器或電視機前面控制板上的按鍵以改變菜單語言﹐自動預設 電視頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和調整圖像位置。
1
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的菜單語言﹐ 鍵。 然後按壓 被選擇的菜單語言將顯示在屏幕上。
2
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後 鍵以自動預設頻道。 按壓 屏幕將顯示自動預設頻道正在進行中。 當所有可接收的頻道已被調諧和儲存後﹐ “频道排序/编辑”菜單將會自動顯示在 屏幕上。
01
若要略掉自動預設頻道﹐選擇“否”﹐ 然後按壓 鍵。 如果出現“无信号。请连接有线信号线或天线” 鍵。 的訊息﹐請檢查您的電視連接﹐然後按壓
3
6
“频道排序/编辑”菜單可以讓您排序或 編輯頻道。 a)
若您要保留當前頻道的狀態﹐按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以退出。
b)
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要改變的頻道號碼。 被選定的頻道將會顯示在屏幕上。
c)
若您要改變頻道的順序： 1)
按壓 b 鍵以進入排序模式。
2)
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇新的頻道位置﹐ 然後按壓 B 鍵。
PROG 01 02 03 04
PROG 01 02 03 04
01
設置您的電視機
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
d) 若您要編輯頻道﹐按壓 模式。
鍵以改換成編輯
按壓 b 鍵直到您要編輯的模式被選中： 標註､跳越頻道､ （鎖定符號）。 然後按壓
PROG
鍵。
1)
若要標註﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英文､ 鍵。 數字､字符進行標註。然後按壓
2)
若要跳越頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵 鍵。 以選擇“开”。然後按壓
PROG
當您在使用 PROG +/– 鍵時﹐您可跳越 此頻道號碼。 3) e)
若要鎖定不要的頻道號碼﹐按壓 V 或 v 鍵 。然後按壓 鍵。 以選擇
PROG
若您要改變其他頻道﹐請重復 b) 至 d) 的步驟。
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入下個菜單。
4
若菜單頂部和底部的線條傾斜﹐按壓 B 或 b 鍵。 鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 “图像垂直位置调节”菜單出現。
5
若上下線條距離屏幕頂部和底部的位置不相等﹐ 鍵。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以作出調整﹐然後按壓 若不需作出調整﹐則按壓
6
鍵。
若要防止“初始化设定”菜單在按壓 ! 鍵打開 電視機時再次顯示在屏幕上﹐則按壓 V 或 v 鍵。 鍵以選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 若要這菜單再次顯示在屏幕上﹐選擇“是”﹐ 鍵。 然後按壓
提示 • 您可按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以進入“初始化设定”菜單最後的設定項目。
控制鍵總概況 設置您的電視機
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
7
控制鍵總概況
x 電視機前面和背後的控制板 電視機背後的控制板
2
R
FM
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
qf
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
qa
PROG
qd qs 電視機前面的控制板
0
9
87
65
4
3 2
1
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
2
R
按鍵／端子 1 ! 2 1 2 3 4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 6 t WEGA GATE 菜單操作 4, 5 V,v,B,b 6 7 WEGA GATE 8 FM （僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61) SOUND MODE （僅於 KV-SW292M50/ SW252M50) 9 t2 0 i qa qs T qd t1, t3 qf 8
FM
PROG
功能 打開或關閉電視機。 待機指示燈。 喚醒指示燈。 遙控傳感器。 選擇頻道號碼。 調整音量。 選擇電視或視頻輸入。
頁面 5 5 10 – – – 22
選擇和調整項目。 確認被選項目。 顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。 收聽調頻收音。
15 15 15 12
以“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示選擇聲音模式選項。
11
視頻輸入端子 2。 耳機插口。 DVD 分量信號輸入端子。 監視器輸出端子。 視頻輸入端子 1, 3。 天線輸入端子。
22 – 23 23 22 22
此按鍵將被標註為 SOUND MODE 且僅限於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50。
8
控制鍵總概況
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 使用遙控器和基本功能 0
qa qs qd
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
控制鍵總概況
qf
1 A/B
3 PROG
4 5
qg qh
qj qk
WEGA GATE
RETURN
6 7
ql w;
8 9 TV
按鍵 1 ?/1 2 a 3
說明 打開或關閉電視機。 顯示電視節目。 跳回到之前收看至少五秒的頻道號碼。
4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8
ql
選擇頻道號碼。 調整音量。 改變圖像尺寸： “开”（16:9 寬熒幕模式）﹐“关”。 選擇環繞聲模式。 顯示屏幕上的信息。 消除聲音。 選擇電視或視頻輸入。 輸入數字鍵。對於頻道號碼 10 和以上﹐請在兩秒內輸入 第二位數字。 以 “5-Band Graphic Equalizer” 顯示選擇聲音模式選項。
w;
選擇圖像模式選項。
9 0 qa qd t qf 0 - 9
頁面 – – – – – – 18 – – 22 – 11 11
續 控制鍵總概況
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
9
續 按鍵 WEGA GATE 菜單操作 6
說明
7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b qk RETURN 定時器操作 qg （喚醒定時器）
顯示或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。 選擇和調整項目。 回到之前的階段。
頁面
確認被選項目。
15
依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動打開（最多12 小 時）。 一旦你已設定喚醒定時﹐電視機上的 起黃褐色。
指示燈將亮
用喚醒定時接通電視機電源並超過一小時後﹐若您不 按壓電視機或遙控器上的任何一個按鍵或控制鍵﹐則 電視機再進入待機狀態。 依照您所要的時間設定電視以自動關閉（最多 1 小時 30 分鐘）。
qh （睡眠定時器） 圖文電視操作（綠色標記） （僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61） , , , , 所有按鍵用於圖文電視操作。 , , , , (紅色﹐綠色﹐ 黃色﹐藍色） 畫中畫操作 , , V, v, B, b 立體聲或雙語言操作 qs A/B
10
–
–
14
本電視機無此操作。
–
選擇立體聲或雙語言模式。
13
控制鍵總概況
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
高級操作
x 選擇圖像和聲音模式 您可選擇圖像和聲音模式並使用“用户设定”模式來調整您所偏好的設定。
選擇圖像模式 按壓
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
鍵直到您所要的圖像模式被選定。
選擇
0 PROG
以觀看
“动态”
對比度強和高銳度的圖像。
“标准”
普通的圖像。
“用户设定”
菜單中的“图像用户设定”項目 所調整的最終圖像設定（參考第 17 頁）。
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
選擇聲音模式 按壓 （或前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵（僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50）) 直到您所要的聲音模式被選定。“5-Band Graphic Equalizer”顯示將出現在屏幕上。 選擇
以收聽
“动态”
強調低音和高音的動態範圍寬而清晰的音響。
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“标准”
強調人聲和高音調的聲音。
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“用户设定”
菜單中的“声音用户设定”項目所調整的最終聲音設定（參考 第 18 頁）。 100 300 1k 3k 8k
高級操作
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
11
x 收聽調頻收音 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 您可以使用您的電視機以收聽調頻廣播電台。 進入調頻收音模式： 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“调频收音”（參考第 15 頁）。 或 按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵（參考第 8 頁）。 退出調頻收音模式： 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐選擇所要的項目：“电视”或“外接输入”﹐然後按壓 鍵。選擇所要的電視頻道或外接輸入並按壓 鍵。 或 按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵。
收聽預設電台 A/B
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 2
進入調頻收音模式。
3
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以退出“频道设定”菜單。 被選取的預設調頻廣播電台和標註將出現於屏幕 上。
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。顯示 “频道设定”菜單並在“调频收音设定”裡預設 所要的調頻廣播電台（參考第 19 頁）。
0 PROG
PROG +/– V, v, B, b
WEGA GATE
RETURN
WEGA GATE
欲選擇所要的預設調頻廣播電台﹐按壓 PROG +/– 鍵。 提示 • 您也可直接用遙控器上的 1–9 鍵以選擇所要的預設調 頻廣播電台。
TV
收聽非預設電台
1 2 3
進入調頻收音模式。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋所要的調頻廣播電台。已預設的調頻廣播電台和標註將不會 出現於屏幕上。 若該電台的信號微弱﹐按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣播頻率。 註 • 在調頻收音模式裡﹐您只可以使用遙控器上的按鍵以操作 V,v,B 和 b 功能。 • 接收到的廣播頻率只供暫時的聽覺享受﹐且不能儲存在記憶體中。 • 如果出現“请设定调频电台”的訊息﹐請顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“调频收音设定” 以預設所要的調頻廣播電台（參考第 19 頁）。
註 • 當 FM 立體聲節目有噪音時﹐則按壓 A/B 鍵直到“单声道”出現。如此會失去立體聲音效﹐但 噪音將會降低。
12
高級操作
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 欣賞立體聲或雙語言節目 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 您可使用 A/B 鍵以欣賞麗音（NICAM）和 A2 立體聲制式的立體聲或雙語言節 目。
當接收麗音節目時 播送
屏幕顯示（所選擇的聲音）
麗音立體聲
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
t
t
A/B
麗音雙語言 t
t
t
0 PROG
麗音單聲道
t
t
WEGA GATE
RETURN
當接收 A2 節目時 播送
屏幕顯示（所選擇的聲音）
TV
A2 立體聲 t
t
A2 雙語言 t
t
註 • 當接收立體聲節目時﹐若有噪音則請選擇“单声道”。聲音變成單聲道聲音但噪音降低。
高級操作
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
13
x 收看圖文電視 B 僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/SW252M61 有些電視台播出被稱作圖文電視的信息節目﹐它可使您收看各種信息﹐例如股市 行情和新聞。 您可使用遙控器上的按鍵以收看圖文電視。 要
操作如下
將電視畫面上顯示 圖文電視頁面
按壓 鍵。 每按一次 鍵﹐屏幕按以下順序變化： 圖文電視 t 圖文電視與電視 t 電視。 若無圖文電視節目﹐“100”即顯示在屏 幕左上角。
檢查圖文電視節 目的內容
按壓 鍵。 屏幕上出現圖文電視內容概覽﹐包括頁 碼。
選擇圖文電視頁面
按壓數字鍵以輸入所需圖文電視頁面的三 位數頁碼。 如果您輸錯﹐則請重新輸入正確的頁碼。 要進入下一頁或上一頁﹐按壓 或 鍵。
固定（暫停）圖文 電視顯示
鍵以顯示“ ”標誌在屏幕的 按壓 左上角。 要恢復正常觀看圖文電視時﹐按壓 鍵。
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
,
(紅色﹐ 綠色﹐ 黃色﹐ 藍色)
PROG
WEGA WEGA GATE GATE
RETURN
TV
顯示被隱藏的信息 按壓 鍵。 （例如知識競賽答案） 要隱藏信息時﹐再次按壓此鍵。 放大圖文電視顯示
按壓 鍵。 每按一次 鍵﹐圖文電視顯示按以下 順序變化： 放大上半部 t 放大下半部 t 正常尺 寸。
觀看電視節目 時使圖文電視頁面 備用
(1) 輸入您要參閱的圖文電視頁碼﹐然後 按壓 鍵。 鍵以顯示 (2) 當頁碼顯示時﹐按壓 圖文內容。
選擇 FASTEXT 菜單 按壓與所要菜單或頁碼相對應的 或彩色格子 （紅色､綠色､黃色及藍色）鍵。 取消圖文電視
按壓 a 鍵。
註 • FASTEXT 功能僅可在有 FASTEXT 廣播的情況下使用。
14
高級操作
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
調整您的設定（MENU）
x 介紹 WEGA GATE 指示系統 WEGA GATE 是個允許您進入預設電視頻道﹐已連接的外接輸入﹐調頻收音模式 和“设定”菜單的通道。 WEGA GATE 01
“电视”
02 03 04
觀看預設電視頻道 （參考第 6 頁）。
05
1
“外接输入”
2
3
3 DVD
“调频收音” ---.-1-9
選擇連接裝置的輸入 （參考第 22 頁）。
收聽調頻收音（僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61） （參考第 12 頁）。
“设定”
改變電視機的設定 （參考第 16 頁）。
如何使用 WEGA GATE 菜單 WEGA GATE
电视 01 02 03 04 05
选择 结束
(1) 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 或取消 WEGA GATE 菜單。
确认
(3) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目。
WEGA GATE 01 02 03 04 05
(2) 按壓 鍵（或 b 鍵）以確定 您所選的項目或進入下一個階段 的菜單。 提示 • 前面控制板上的 WEGA GATE 鍵﹐
(4) 按壓 RETURN 鍵以回到之前的 階段。
鍵和 V,v,B,b 鍵也可用於上述操作。 調整您的設定（MENU） 高級操作
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
15
x“设定”調整 您可在 WEGA GATE 菜單里的“设定”改變電視機的設定。 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵以顯示 WEGA GATE 菜單。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设 鍵。 定”﹐然後按壓 以下是可以被調整項目的總概況。
“图像设定”（參考第 17 頁） “图像模式”：“动态” “标准” “用户设定” “图像用户设定”：“对比度”﹐“亮度”﹐“颜色”﹐ “色调”﹐“锐度”﹐“重新设定” “彩色色调设定”：“冷色调” “自然色调” “暖色调” “关” “智能图像降噪”：“开”
“声音设定”（參考第 18 頁） “声音模式”：“动态” “标准” “用户设定” “声音用户设定”：“设定”﹐“重新设定” “平衡” “智能音量控制”：“开” “关” “环绕声”：“开” “模拟立体声” “关”
“频道设定”（參考第 19 頁） “自动调台” “手动调台” “频道”：“00” – “99” “电视系统”：“B/G” “I” “D/K” “VHF 低”/“VHF 高”/“UHF” “微调”：“自动” “手动” “关” “信号增强”：“自动” “频道排序/编辑” “调频收音设定”（僅於 KV-SW342M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61）
Language:
“M”
“设定”（參考第 21 頁） “语言/Language”：“English”（英文） “中文” “图像调节”：“图像旋转度调校”﹐“图像垂直位置调节” “视频输入标注”：“视频输入”﹐“标注” “彩色制式”：“自动” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” “出厂设定”：“是” “否”
註 • 當菜單顯示的功能呈暗淡色﹐您將無法選擇此功能。
16
調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 調整“图像设定” “图像设定”菜單可使您調整圖像設定。
1 2
3
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。 確認“图像设定”符號（ 然後按壓 鍵。
）已被選擇﹐
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“图像模式”）﹐然後按壓
鍵。
選擇
以
“图像模式”
選擇“动态”､“标准”或“用户设定”*（參考第 11 頁）。
“彩色色调设定”
調整白色色澤。 選擇“冷色调”（藍色澤）､“自然色调”（自然色澤）或“暖色 调”（紅色澤）。
“智能图像降噪”
接收最理想的圖像效果。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓
鍵。
鍵。
* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“图像用户设定”和“彩色色调 设定”選項中的設定。
調整“用户设定”模式下的“图像用户设定”項目
1
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“对比度”､“亮度”､“颜色”､“色调”（顏色深淺） 或“锐度”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。
2 3
按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵以調整您所選項目的設定﹐然後按壓
鍵。
重復上述步驟以調整其它項目。 當選擇“用户设定”項目時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。
註 • 只有當彩色制式為 NTSC 時﹐您才能調整“色调”設定。 • 您也可減少“锐度”以降低圖像噪點。
調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
17
x 調整“声音设定” “声音设定”菜單可使您調整音響設定。
1 2
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。
3
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目 (例如﹐“声音模式”）﹐然後按壓
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“声音设定”符號 ( )﹐ 然後按壓 鍵。
選擇
以
“声音模式”
選擇“动态”､“标准”或“用户设定”*（參考第 11 頁）。
“平衡”
按壓 v 或 B 鍵以強調左揚聲器。 按壓 V 或 b 鍵以強調右揚聲器。
“智能音量控制”
自動調整所有頻道號碼和視頻輸入的音量。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“开”﹐然後按壓 要取消時﹐選擇“关”﹐然後按壓
“环绕声”
鍵。
鍵。
鍵。
選擇“开”（環繞聲）､“模拟立体声”（模擬立體聲的單聲道）或 “关”。
* 僅當“用户设定”模式被選取時方可隨個人喜好調整“声音用户设定”選項中的設定。
調整“用户设定”模式下的“声音用户设定”項目 “5-Band Graphic Equalizer”（5 波段互動音響均衡器）可使您在菜單上的“用户设 定”模式調整聲音頻率設定。
1
確認“设定”已被選定﹐然後按壓
鍵。
選擇“重新设定”將會使電視機恢復到工廠設定。
2
按壓 B 或 b 鍵以選擇所要的聲音頻率﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以調整設定再按壓 鍵。 當選擇“用户设定”模式時﹐您可接收已被調整的設定。
註 • 調整高頻率將影響高音調聲音﹐調整低頻率將影響低音調聲音。 • 您可直接用前面控制板的 SOUND MODE 鍵（僅於 KV-SW292M50/SW252M50）（參考第 8 頁）或按壓遙控器上的 鍵（參考第 11 頁）以顯示設定。
18
調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 調整“频道设定” “频道设定”菜單可使您自動預設頻道﹐手動預設頻道﹐排序或編輯頻道和預設 調頻廣播電台。
1 2
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。
3
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目（例如﹐“自动调台”）﹐然後按壓
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“频道设定”符號（ 然後按壓 鍵。
）﹐
鍵。
選擇
以
“自动调台”
自動預設頻道。
“手动调台”
手動預設所要的頻道及不能自動預設的頻道 (參考第 20 頁的手 動預設頻道)。
“频道排序/编辑”
改變顯示在屏幕上的頻道順序﹐標註頻道號碼﹐跳越頻道號碼 和鎖定不要的頻道。 （參考第 6 頁的“初始化设定”的步驟 3)。
“调频收音设定”* （僅於 KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61）
最多可以預設 9 組的調頻廣播電台。 您可手動預設所處地區內可以接收的每個調頻廣播電台﹐然後 儲存所要調頻電台的廣播頻率。 (1) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要調頻廣播電台的位置﹐然後 按壓
鍵。
(2) 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以搜尋調頻廣播電台。 當調諧到電台時﹐搜尋自動停止。 當該電台的信號微弱時﹐請按壓 B 或 b 鍵以手動微調廣 播頻率﹐然後按壓 鍵以儲存該頻道廣播電台。 (3) 您可編輯調頻廣播電台標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英 文､數字､字符進行標註﹐然後按壓
鍵。
(4) 重復步驟（1）至（3）以預設其它調頻廣播電台。 *
僅有調頻收音模式可讓您使用“调频收音设定”功能。若要 啟動此功能﹐使用 WEGA GATE 系統以進入調頻收音模式 （參考第 15 頁）或按壓前面控制板上的 FM 鍵（參考第 8 頁）﹐然後依照以上提及的步驟預設所要的調頻廣播電台。
註 • 若您預設一個鎖定的頻道號碼﹐該頻道號碼將自動解鎖。 • 若您排序一個鎖定的頻道﹐該頻道將保留在鎖定狀態。 續 調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
19
續
手動預設頻道
1
在選擇“手动调台”之後﹐選擇您要預設頻道 的頻道號碼。 (1)確認“频道”已被選定﹐然後按壓
01
鍵。
VHF
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您要預設的頻道號碼 顯示在菜單上﹐然後按壓 鍵。
2 3
選擇所要的頻道。 (1)確認“VHF 低”､“VHF 高”或“UHF”已被選定﹐然後按壓
鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到您所要的頻道顯示在電視屏幕上﹐然後按壓
鍵。
若所要頻道的聲音失真﹐則請選擇適當的電視系統。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“电视系统”﹐然後按壓 (2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵直到聲音正常為止﹐然後按壓
4
鍵。 鍵。
若您不滿意圖像和聲音質量﹐您可用“微调”來改善它。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“微调”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 (2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“手动”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 (3)按壓 V, v, B 或 b 鍵直到圖像和聲音最佳﹐然後按壓
鍵。
菜單上的 + 或 – 符號將會在調諧時閃爍。
5
若電視信號太強（圖像失真；圖像有線條；信號干擾）或微弱（圖像有雪花狀斑 點）﹐您可設定“信号增强”以改善圖像質量。 (1)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“信号增强”﹐然後按壓
鍵。
(2)按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“关”（適用於圖像失真；圖像有線條；信號干擾） 鍵。 或“自动”（適用於圖像有雪花狀斑點）﹐然後按壓
20
調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
x 調整“设定”菜單 “设定”菜單可使您更換菜單語言﹐調整圖像位置﹐標註所連接的裝置﹐選擇彩 色制式和使電視機恢復到工廠設定。
1 2
3
按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵並選擇“设定”。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“设定”符號 ( 鍵。 然後按壓
)﹐
Language:
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇所要的項目（例如﹐“语言/Language”）﹐然後按壓 選擇
以
“语言/Language”
更換菜單語言。
鍵。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“English”（英文）或“中文”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 “图像调节”
調整電視屏幕上傾斜的圖像。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“图像旋转度调校”或“图像垂直位置调 节”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 按壓 V﹐v﹐B 或 b 鍵以調整圖像位置﹐然後按壓
“视频输入标注”
鍵。
標註所連接的裝置。 (1) 選擇“视频输入”並按壓
鍵。
按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇您要標註的輸入﹐然後按壓
鍵。
(2) 選擇“标注”並按壓 鍵﹐然後按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇標註 選項：“视频信号 1”/“视频信号 2”/“视频信号 3” “DVD”､“录像机”､“卫星节目”､“游戏机”或 “编辑”*。 *
您可用喜愛的名稱編輯視頻輸入標註。按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇英 鍵。
文､數字､字符進行標註﹐然後按壓 “彩色制式”
改變彩色制式。 按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“自动”､“PAL”､“SECAM”､ “NTSC 3.58”或“NTSC 4.43”﹐然後按壓 鍵。 通常將此設定為“自动”。
“出厂设定”
使電視機恢復到工廠設定。 按壓
鍵後再按壓 V 或 v 鍵以選擇“是”﹐然後按壓
要取消時﹐選擇“否”﹐然後按壓 註 • 您無法在調頻收音模式裡選擇彩色制式。
鍵。
鍵。
調整您的設定（MENU）
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
21
附加信息
x 連接選購的裝置 連接至視頻輸入端子（t） 電視機前面的控制板
音頻／視頻電纜 （未提供）
L(MONO)
R
2
攝像機
天線電纜 （未提供）
電視機背後的控制板
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
電視､共用天線電視､ 衛星 或 當無調頻信號時 天線 選擇器
調頻信號 電視信號
音頻／視頻電纜 （未提供）
錄像機 天線電纜 （未提供）
DVD 播放機
註 • 若將錄像機連接至 8（天線輸入）端子﹐請將錄像機輸出的信號預設至電視機上的頻道號碼 “0”（參考第 20 頁）。 • 僅具有調頻收音的型號可以接收調頻信號。
22
附加信息
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
連接至監視器輸出端子（T） 電視機背後的控制板
L
1
3
Y
CB
音頻系統 CR
音頻／視頻電纜 （未提供）
錄像機
連接至 DVD 分量信號輸入端子（
設置您的電視機
R
）
電視機背後的控制板 DVD 分量信號電纜 （未提供）
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
DVD 播放機 音頻電纜 （未提供）
註 • 當連接 DVD 播放機至電視機上的 (分量信號輸入端子) 時﹐若您的 DVD 播放機可輸出 隔行和逐行的掃描模式信號﹐則請選擇隔行掃描輸出。您的電視機可接收 525i/60 赫茲或 625i/50 赫茲的隔行掃描信號。 • 某些 DVD 播放機的插口可能標記為 Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/PR, Y/Cb/Cr 或 Y/B-Y/R-Y。 • 若您在電視屏幕上選擇“DVD”﹐T（監視器輸出）將不能輸出正常的信號。這並不表示發生 故障。
附加信息
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
23
x 故障檢修 若在觀看電視時遇見任何問題﹐您可使用“出厂设定”功能以解決問題或參考下 列故障檢修指南。若問題仍然存在﹐請聯絡 Sony 經銷商。
“出厂设定”功能 按壓 WEGA GATE 鍵。選擇“设定”(“Settings”) 後進入“设定”(“Setup”) （ ）菜單。從“设定”菜單里選擇“出厂设定”。然後選擇“是”並按壓 鍵。電視屏幕即呈現空白﹐約數秒後﹐“初始化设定”菜單將會顯示在電視屏幕 上。您的電視機將恢復到工廠設定﹐但一些電視故障可能會消失。 癥狀 圖像有雪花狀斑點﹐ 有噪聲
解決方法 • 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確（參考第 22 頁）。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”以再次預設頻道（參考第 20 頁）。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动” （參考第 20 頁）。 • 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。
圖像失真﹐有噪聲
• 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“关”（參考 第 20 頁）。
圖像良好﹐ 有噪聲
• 顯示“频道设定”菜單並在“手动调台”裡選擇適當的“电视系统”（參考 第 20 頁）。
沒有圖像﹐ 沒有聲音
• 檢查電源線﹐天線和錄像機之連接是否正確（參考第 22 頁）。 • 按壓 ?/1（電源）鍵以接通電視機的電源（參考第 9 頁）。 • 按壓電視機上的 !（主電源）鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐五秒左右後再次接通 電源（參考第 8 頁）。
圖像良好﹐ 沒有聲音
• 按壓 2 + 鍵以提高音量水平（參考第 9 頁）。 • 按壓
圖像有點線或條紋
鍵以取消靜音（參考第 9 頁）。
• 不要在電視機旁使用吹風機或其它設備。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
圖像出現雙重影像
• 使用高定向天線。 • 使用“微调”功能（參考第 20 頁）。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 切斷外部信號增強器的電源或拔掉其插頭以終止其操作。
圖像無彩色
• 顯示“图像设定”菜單並選擇“图像模式”裡的“用户设定”﹐然後調整 “图像用户设定”裡的“颜色”水平（參考第 17 頁）。 • 顯示“设定”菜單及檢查“彩色制式”設定（一般將此設定為“自动”） （參考第 21 頁）。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
24
附加信息
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
癥狀 圖像傾斜
解決方法 • 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。 • 在“设定”菜單下顯示“图像调节”﹐並調整“图像旋转度调校”和“图像垂 直位置调节”以使圖像与電視屏幕對齊（參考第 21 頁）。
圖樣出現反常彩色斑 點
• 將外部揚聲器或其它電器放置在離電視機較遠的地方。請別在電視機打開時進 行搬移。按壓電視機上的 !（主電源）鍵以切斷電視機的電源﹐約 15 分鐘 後再將其打開以使電視機消磁。
立體聲廣播聲音開關 失常或聲音失真。
• 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確（參考 第 22 頁）。
或
• 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。
聲音頻繁地轉換於單 聲道和立體聲之間。 （僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61） 圖文電視顯示不完全 （圖像有雪花狀斑點 或雙重影像）。 （僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61）
• 檢查天線電纜以及電視機﹐錄像機和牆上的天線連接是否正確（參考 第 22 頁）。 • 檢查天線的裝置。請尋求 Sony 經銷商的協助。 • 顯示“频道设定”菜單並選擇“手动调台”裡的“信号增强”為“自动” （參考第 20 頁）。 • 嘗試使用外部信號增強器。 • 使用“微调”功能（參考第 20 頁）。
電視機不能接收調頻 廣播電台。 （僅於 KV-SW342 M61/SW292M61/ SW252M61）
• 通過一個天線選擇器（開關）﹐連接另外一個調頻天線和電視頻道源至您的電 視機（參考第 22 頁）。
電視機上的 1（待機） • 指示燈每隔三秒閃爍 至少一次的紅色亮光。
計算 1（待機）指示燈的亮光次數。按壓 !（主電源）鍵以切斷電視機的電 源。通知您鄰近的 Sony 維修服務中心。
電視屏幕有時會在更 換頻道時呈顯空白﹐ 空白時間比一般略 長。
• “信号增强”正在操作以探測微弱的信號。這並不表示發生故障。
電視機外殼吱嘎聲。
• 室溫的變化有時會導致電視機的外殼膨脹或縮小﹐因此產生噪聲。這並不表示 發生故障。
當您接通電視機時﹐ 聽到“ ”的聲音。
• 電視機自動消磁。這並不表示發生故障。
附加信息
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT) _2-645-536-11 (1)
25
x Specifications KV-SW342M61 Power requirements
KV-SW292M61 KV-SW292M60
KV-SW252M61 KV-SW252M50
Note
110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV Television system
B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system
PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Stereo/Bilingual system
NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K; A2 Stereo/Bilingual B/G
KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only
Teletext language
English, French
KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only
Channel coverage B/G
VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I
UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K
VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M
VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna)
75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker)
6W+6W
Number of terminal (Video)
Input: 3
Output: 1
Input: 4
Output: 1
(Audio) (Component Video)
i (Headphone) FM Radio Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
Input: 1
Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Output: 1
Stereo minijack
87.5 - 108.0 MHz
KV-SW342M61/ SW292M61/ SW252M61 only
10.7 MHz 34 in.
29 in.
25 in.
Tube size (cm)
86
72
64
Measured diagonally
Screen size (cm)
80
68
60
Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)
895 × 678 × 578
780 × 583 × 523
696 × 517 × 522
75
47
36
Picture tube
Mass (kg)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
26
Additional Information
Sony KV-SW342M61 Group Q3 (GB, CT)_2-645-536-11 (1)
2-635-887-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV GB
Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.
KV-SW342 KV-SW292 KV-SW252 N60
© 2005 Sony Corporation
01GB01COV-STMMly.p65
1 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 110 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.
For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.
Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.
2
01GB02WAR-STMMly.p65
2 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Table of Contents Installation
Menu Adjustment
Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting Started ..................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6
Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 14 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 15 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 16 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 17
Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9
Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 18 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 19
GB Additional Information
Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11 Listening to the FM Radio ................ 12 Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs ............................................. 13
Connecting optional components ... 20 Troubleshooting ................................. 22 Specifications ...................... Back cover
3
01GB03TOC-STMMly.p65
3 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Installation
x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.
20 mm 3.8 mm screws
clamps
band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.
Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
4
Installation
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
4 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Installation
Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tips • Your TV can receive both TV and FM radio signal from the appropriate connections through the 8 (antenna input) terminal (see page 20). • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 20).
Step 3
b
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select
Confirm
End
Installation
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
5 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
5
x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.
1
Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select
2
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting in progress. Select
After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen. To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .
End
Confirm
Program:
1
Searching... End
If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .
3
The “Program Edit” menu enables you to edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to edit the channels, press to enter edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .
6
Program Edit PROG Label Skip 1 Off 2 Off 3 Off 4 Off Edit: Select
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
Installation
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
6 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press .
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
d) Repeat step b) to c) if you wish to change other channels. Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.
4
Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are slanted, then press . “Picture V-Position” menu appears.
5
If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to adjust them, then press . If no adjustment is necessary, then press
6
Select
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
End
Installation
Select
.
To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, then press . To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .
Select
Confirm
Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.
Installation
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
7 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
7
Overview of Controls
x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel
qa R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
qf qd qs TV front panel
9
0
87
65
4
3 2
1
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
2
R
FM
PROG
Button/Terminal 1 ! 2 1
Function Turn off or turn on the TV. Standby indicator. 2 Wake Up indicator. 3 Remote control sensor. 4 PROG +/– Select program number. 5 2 +/– Adjust volume. 6 t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.
8 9 0 qa qs qd qf
8
Page 5 5 10 – – – 20 14
6 7 WEGA GATE
Confirm selected items.
14
Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.
14
FM
Listen to FM Radio.
12
t2 i
Video input terminal 2. Headphone jack. Component video input terminal. Monitor output terminal. Video input terminal 1, 3. Antenna input terminal.
20 – 21 21 20 20
T t1, t3 8
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
8 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic functions 0
qd
qf
1
Overview of Controls
qa qs
A/B
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
3 PROG
4 5
qg qh
qj WEGA GATE
RETURN
6
qk
7
ql w;
8 9 TV
Button 1 ?/1
Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.
2 a 3
Display the TV program.
–
Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.
–
4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8
Page –
Select program number.
–
Adjust volume.
–
Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
–
9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9
Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.
17 – –
Select TV or video input.
20
Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
–
ql
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
w;
Select picture mode options.
11 continue Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
9 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
9
continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations
Page
6
Confirm selected items.
7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b
Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
14
Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Timer operations
Return to the previous level
qg
Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
(Wake up timer)
–
The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).
qh (Sleep timer)
–
Teletext operations (green label)
, ,
,
,
, ,
, ,
–
Not function for your TV.
(red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations –
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Select stereo/bilingual mode.
10
13
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-STMMly.p65
10 Black
7/6/05, 11:27 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.
Selecting the picture mode Press
A/B
to select the desired picture mode.
1
2
3
Select
4
5
6
“Vivid”
contrast and sharp pictures.
7
8
9
“Standard”
normal pictures.
“Custom”
the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 16).
0
PROG
To view
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
Selecting the sound mode Press
(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select
To listen to Dynamic
“Dynamic”
dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Standard
“Standard”
sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Custom”
the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 17).
Custom
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
11 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
11
x Listening to the FM Radio You are able to listen to the FM radio stations using your TV. To access to FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button and select “FM Radio” (see page 14). or Press FM button on the front panel (see page 8). To exit from FM Radio mode: Press WEGA GATE button, select the desired items: “TV” or “External Inputs”, then press . Select the desired TV channel or external inputs and press . or Press FM button on the front panel.
Listening to preset stations A/B
1 2
A/B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
PROG
3
PROG +/–
V, v, B, b
WEGA GATE
RETURN
WEGA GATE
Access to FM Radio mode. Press WEGA GATE button and select “Settings”. Preset the desired FM radio stations in “FM Radio Setup” from “Channel Setup” menu (see page 18). Exit from “Channel Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE button. The selected preset FM radio station number and label will appear on the screen. To select the desired preset FM radio station, press PROG +/–. Tip • You can also use the 1-9 buttons on the remote control to directly select the desired preset FM radio station.
TV
Listening to non-preset stations
1 2
Access to FM Radio mode.
3
If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually.
Press V or v to search for the desired FM radio station. The preset number and label will not be displayed.
Notes • You can only operate V, v, B and b functions using the remote control buttons in FM Radio mode. • The available radio frequency is only for temporary listening pleasure and cannot be stored in the memory. • If the message “Please setup FM Radio” appears, display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “FM Radio Setup” to preset the desired FM radio stations (see page 18). Note • When a FM stereo program has static noise, press A/B until “Mono” appears. There will be no stereo effect, but the noise will be reduced.
12
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
12 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Enjoying stereo or bilingual programs You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual programs of MTS (Multi-Channel TV Sound) stereo system by using A/B button.
Select stereo or bilingual programs Press A/B until you receive the sound you want. A/B
A/B
Select
To listen to
1
2
3
“Stereo”
stereo broadcast sound.
4
5
6
“Auto SAP”
7
8
9
SAP (Second Audio Program) broadcast sound.
“Mono”
monaural sound.
0
PROG
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
Notes • When select “Auto SAP”, non-SAP program sound will be same as “Stereo” mode sound. • If the stereo signal is very week, the stereo broadcast sound may become noisy. To reduce the noise select “Mono”.
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
13 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
13
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs, FM Radio mode and “Settings” menu. TV
WEGA GATE TV
1
External Inputs FM Radio Settings
2 3
“TV”
watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)
4 5
Select
Select
Confirm
Confirm
End
External Inputs
“External Inputs”
1
Video 1
2
Video 2
3
select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 20)
Video 3 DVD
Select End
Confirm
FM Radio
“FM Radio”
listen to the FM Radio (see page 12)
Preset 1:
---.--
Please setup FM Radio Select Preset 1-9 Search Fine
–PROG+
Exit
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
“Settings”
Select
End
Confirm
change the settings of your TV (see page 15)
How to use WEGA GATE TV
WEGA GATE TV
1 2 3 4 5 Select
External Inputs FM Radio Settings Select
Confirm
(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
TV
WEGA GATE TV
1 2 3 4 5 Select
External Inputs FM Radio Settings Confirm
End
(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, above.
14
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.
and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the operations
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
14 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.
”Picture” (see page 16)
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
Confirm
End
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
Confirm
“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Neutral” “Warm” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”
End
”Sound” (see page 17) “Standard” “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Off” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”
”Channel Setup” (see page 18)
Channel Setup Cable: Auto Program Program Edit
On
“Cable”: “On” “Off” “Auto Program” “Program Edit” “FM Radio Setup”
FM Radio Setup
Select
Confirm
Setup Language:
End
English
Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
Select
Confirm
Auto
End
“Custom”
”Setup” (see page 19) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Chinese) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “Color System”: “Auto” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “NTSC4.43” (for video input only) “Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”
Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
15 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
15
x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .
) is
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select
To
“Picture Mode”
choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Color Temperature”
adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture”
optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press
.
.
.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode
1
Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2 3
Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press
.
Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Note • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
16
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-STMMly.p65
16 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select
To
“Sound Mode”
choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Balance”
Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume”
adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press
“Surround”
.
.
choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.
1
Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press
.
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2
Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. button on the remote control (see page • You may display the settings directly by using the 11). Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65
17 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
17
x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels, edit the channels and preset FM radio stations.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .
Channel Setup Cable: Auto Program Program Edit FM Radio Setup
Select
3
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Cable”), then press
.
Select
To
“Cable”
receive cable TV programs. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . If you select “Cable: On”, you will be able to receive 125 cable TV channels. If there are no cable TV channels, you will receive VHF broadcast channels only. To receive only VHF and UHF broadcast channels, select “Off”, then press .
“Auto Program”
preset channels automatically.
“Program Edit”
label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).
“FM Radio Setup”*
18
On
preset up to nine FM radio stations. You can manually preset each FM radio station that can be received in your area and then store the radio frequency of the desired FM radio stations. (1) Press V or v to select the desired FM radio station position, . then press (2) Press V or v to search the FM radio stations. Searching stops automatically when a station is tuned in. If the station has a weak signal, press B or b to fine tune the radio frequency manually, then press to store the FM radio station. (3) You may edit the FM radio station label. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press . (4) Repeat steps (1) through (3) to preset other FM radio stations. * The “FM Radio Setup” feature is only available in FM Radio mode. To enable this feature, access to FM Radio mode by using WEGA GATE system (see page 14) or pressing the FM button on the front panel (see page 8), then preset your desired FM radio stations according to the steps mentioned above.
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65
18 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .
Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
),
Select
3
English
Auto
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select
To
“Language”
change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ . then press
“Picture Position”
.
” (Chinese),
adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, then press . Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press
.
“Video Label”
label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Color System”
select the color system (for video input only). Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.
“Factory Settings”
reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press
.
To cancel, select “No”, then press
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-STMMly.p65
19 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
19
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
L(MONO)
R
2
Camcorder
Antenna cable (not supplied)
TV rear panel
TV, CATV, Satellite or When there is no FM signal R
L
1
3
Y
CB
Antenna selector
CR
FM signal
TV signal
Audio/Video cable (not supplied) VCR Antenna cable (not supplied) DVD player
20
Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65
20 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
Audio system R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
VCR
Connecting to the component video input terminal (
)
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
Component video cable (not supplied)
CR
DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)
Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-STMMly.p65
21 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
21
x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom
22
Solutions
Snowy picture, noisy sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 20). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Preset the channel again (see page 18). • Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, noisy sound
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No picture, no sound
• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 20). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).
Good picture, no sound
• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). to cancel the muting (see page 9). • Press • Press A/B until “Stereo” or “Mono” appears on the screen (see page 13).
Dotted lines or stripes
• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or “ghosts”
• Use a highly directional antenna. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
No color
• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 16). • Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (for video input only) (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Picture slant
• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 19).
Abnormal color patches
• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.
Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65
22 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
Symptom
Solutions
TV cannot receive stereo broadcast sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 20).
or
• Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Stereo broadcast sound switches on and off or is distorted. TV cannot receive FM radio station.
• Connect a separate FM antenna and the TV channel source through an antenna selector (switch) to your TV (see page 20).
The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.
• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
TV cabinet creaks.
• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.
• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65
23 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
23
x Specifications KV-SW342N60
KV-SW292N60
KV-SW252N60
Power requirements
110-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W)
Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system
M
Color system
NTSC3.58, PAL*, PAL 60*, SECAM*, NTSC 4.43*
Stereo/Bilingual system
MTS
Channel coverage
VHF : 2 to 13 /UHF : 14 to 69 /CATV : 1 to 125
8 (Antenna)
75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker)
6W+6W
Number of terminal (Video)
Input: 3
Output: 1
(Audio)
Input: 4
Output: 1
(Component Video)
i (Headphone) FM Radio Tuning Range Intermediate Frequency
Note
* AV IN only
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
Input: 1
Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Output: 1
Stereo minijack
87.5 - 108.0 MHz 7.9 MHz
Picture tube
34 in.
29 in.
25 in.
Tube size
859 mm
724 mm
639 mm
Measured diagonally
Viewing screen size
803 mm
679 mm
598 mm
Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d)
895 × 678 × 578 mm 780 × 583 × 523 mm
Mass
75 kg
47 kg
696 × 517 × 522 mm 36 kg
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
24
Additional Information
01GB08ADV-STMMly.p65
24 Black
7/6/05, 11:28 PM
Sony KV-SW342N60 Group Q2 (GB)_2-635-887-11 (1)
2-639-391-11 (1)
Trinitron Color TV ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ ’ Trinitron GB
Operating Instructions • Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it for future reference.
‰∑¬
§ŸË¡◊Õ°“√„™Èß“π •
°ËÕπ‡√‘Ë¡°“√„™Èß“π°√ÿ≥“ÕË“π§ŸË¡◊Õπ’È‚¥¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥·≈–‡°Á∫√—°…“§ŸË¡◊Õ‰«È ”À√—∫ÕÈ“ßÕ‘ß„π‚Õ°“ µËÕʉª
KV-SW292 KV-SW252 M50
© 2005 Sony Corporation
01GB01COV-SOEMMix.p65
1 Black
14/6/05, 7:58 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
WARNING • Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV. • TV operating voltage: 220 – 240 V AC. • Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna and other terminals to ground. • To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during lightning storms.
For children’s safety, do not leave children alone with the TV. Do not allow children to climb onto it.
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.
Do not place any objects on the TV. The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object falls into it. Have it checked immediately by qualified personnel only.
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the bottom area of the TV.
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV. Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a bookcase or built-in cabinet.
Your TV is recommended for home use only. Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or vibrations.
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the TV as high voltages and other hazards are present inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the TV to qualified personnel.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth. Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned off, it is still connected to the AC power source (mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in. Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not going to use it for several days.
2
01GB02WAR-SOEMMix.p65
2 Black
14/6/05, 7:59 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Table of Contents Installation
Menu Adjustment
Securing the TV .................................... 4 Getting started ...................................... 5 Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) .................................... 6
Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator ............................................. 12 “Settings” Adjustment ...................... 13 Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 14 Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 15
Overview of Controls TV front and rear panels ..................... 8 Using the remote control and basic functions ...................................... 9
Changing the “Channel Setup” setting .................................................. 16 Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 18
GB Additional Information
Advanced Operations Selecting the picture and sound modes .................................................. 11
Connecting optional components ... 19 Troubleshooting ................................. 21 Specifications ...................................... 23
3
01GB03TOC-SOEMMix.p65
3
Black
14/6/05, 8:00 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Installation
x Securing the TV To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure the TV.
20 mm 3.8 mm screws
clamps
band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or (1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps. (2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and the other clamp to the provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to the provided holders at the rear of your TV. (2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain to a wall or pillar using an attachment which can support the TV set weight.
Note • Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
4
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
4 Black
14/6/05, 8:00 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Getting Started 1Step 1 Insert the batteries (supplied) into the remote.
b
Note • Do not use old or different types of batteries together.
Installation
Step 2 Connect the antenna cable (not supplied) to 8 (antenna input) at the rear of the TV. Tip • You can also connect your TV to other optional components (see page 19).
Step 3
b
Plug in the power cord, then press ! on the TV to turn it on. Note • The 1 (standby) indicator flashes green for a few seconds when turning on the TV. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Step 4 Set up the TV by following the instructions of the “Initial Setup” menu (see page 6). Select
Confirm
End
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
5
Black
14/6/05, 8:00 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
5
x Setting up your TV (“Initial Setup”) When you turn on your TV for the first time, the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. You may change the menu language, preset the TV channels automatically, sort or edit the channels and adjust the picture position using the buttons on the remote control or TV front panel.
1
Press V or v to select the desired menu language, then press . The selected menu language appears. Select
2
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select “Yes”, then press to preset the channels automatically. The screen will indicate automatic presetting is in progress. Select
After all available channels have been tuned and stored, the “Program Sorting/Edit” menu appears automatically on the screen.
Confirm
End
Program: TV System: VHF Low
01 Auto
To skip automatic channel presetting, select “No”, then press .
End
If the message “No channel found. Please connect cable/antenna” appears, check your TV connections, then press .
3
The “Program Sorting/Edit” menu enables you to sort and edit the channels. a) If you wish to keep the channels in the current condition, press WEGA GATE to exit. b) Press V or v to select the program number with the channel you wish to change. The selected channel will appear on the screen. c) If you wish to store the channels in a different order: 1) Press b to enter sorting mode. 2) Press V or v to select the new program number position for your selected channel, then press B.
6
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 Off 04 Off Edit: Sorting: Select
Confirm
Exit
Program Sorting/Edit PROG Label Skip 01 Off 02 Off 03 01 Off 04 Off Sorting mode Select
Confirm
Exit
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
6 Black
14/6/05, 8:01 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
d) If you wish to edit the channels, press to change to edit mode. Press b until the mode that you wish to edit is highlighted: Label, Skip, (block symbol). Then press . 1) To label, press V or v to select the alphanumeric characters for the label. Then press .
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
Select
Confirm
Exit
2) To skip the program number, press V or v to select “On”. Then press . You can skip this program number when using PROG +/-. 3) To block unwanted program number, press V or v to select . Then press . e) Repeat step b) to d) if you wish to change other channels.
Installation
Select
Press WEGA GATE to go to the next menu.
4
Press B or b to adjust the bars on the top and bottom of the menu if they are . slanted, then press Select
Confirm
End
Select
Confirm
End
“Picture V-Position” menu appears.
5
If the upper and lower bars are not equally positioned to the top and bottom of the screen, press V or v to . adjust them, then press If no adjustment is necessary, then press
6
.
To prevent this “Initial Setup” menu from appearing again when you turn on the TV by pressing !, press V or v to select “No”, . then press To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press .
Select
Confirm
Tip • You can immediately go to the end of the ”Initial Setup” menu by pressing WEGA GATE.
Installation
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
7
Black
14/6/05, 8:01 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
7
Overview of Controls
x TV front and rear panels TV rear panel
qa R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
qf qd qs TV front panel
9
0
87
65
4
3 2
1
WEGA GATE
L(MONO)
2
R
SOUND MODE
PROG
Button/Terminal 1 !
Function Turn off or turn on the TV.
2 2 3 4 5 6
Standby indicator.
5
Wake Up indicator.
10
1
Page 5
Remote control sensor.
–
PROG +/–
Select program number.
–
2 +/–
Adjust volume.
–
t Select TV or video input. WEGA GATE menu operations 4,5 V,v,B,b Select and adjust items.
6 7 WEGA GATE
8
12
Confirm selected items.
12
Display or cancel WEGA GATE menu.
12
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
t2
Video input terminal 2.
19
i
Headphone jack.
8 SOUND MODE 9 0 qa qs qd qf
19
–
Component video input terminal.
20
T
Monitor output terminal.
19
t1, t3
Video input terminal 1, 3.
19
8
Antenna input terminal.
19
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
8 Black
14/6/05, 8:01 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Using the remote control and basic functions 0
qd
qf
1
Overview of Controls
qa qs
A/B
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
3 PROG
4 5
qg qh
qj WEGA GATE
RETURN
6
qk
7
ql w;
8 9 TV
Button 1 ?/1
Description Turn off temporarily or turn on the TV.
2 a 3
Display the TV program.
–
Jump to last program number that has been watched for at least five seconds.
–
4 PROG +/– 5 2 +/– 8
Page –
Select program number.
–
Adjust volume.
–
Change the picture size: “On” (16:9 wide mode), “Off”.
–
9 0 qa qd t qf 0 – 9
Select surround mode options. Display on-screen information. Mute the sound.
15 – –
Select TV or video input.
19
Input numbers. For program numbers 10 and above, enter the second digit within two seconds.
–
ql
Select sound mode options with a 5-Band Graphic Equalizer display.
11
w;
Select picture mode options.
11 continue Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
9
Black
14/6/05, 8:01 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
9
continued Button Description WEGA GATE menu operations
Page
6
Confirm selected items.
7 WEGA GATE qj V, v, B, b
Display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
12
Select and adjust items.
qk RETURN Timer operations
Return to the previous level.
qg
Set TV to turn on automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of 12 hours).
(Wake up timer)
–
The indicator on TV lights up amber once you set the wake up timer. If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than one hour after the TV is turned on using the wake up timer, the TV automatically goes into standby mode. Set TV to turn off automatically according to the desired period of time (max. of one hour and 30 min.).
qh (Sleep timer)
–
Teletext operations (green label) Not function for your TV.
–
, , V, v, B, b Not function for your TV. Stereo/bilingual operations qs A/B Not function for your TV.
–
, ,
, , , , , , (red, green, yellow, blue) PIP operations
10
–
Overview of Controls
01GB04INS-SOEMMix.p65
10 Black
14/6/05, 8:01 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Advanced Operations
x Selecting the picture and sound modes You can select picture and sound modes and adjust the setting to your preference in the “Custom” option.
Selecting the picture mode Press
A/B
to select the desired picture mode.
1
2
3
Select
To view
4
5
6
“Vivid”
contrast and sharp pictures.
7
8
9
“Standard”
normal pictures.
“Custom”
the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 14).
0
PROG
WEGA GATE
RETURN
TV
Selecting the sound mode Press
(or SOUND MODE on the front panel) to select the desired sound mode.
5-Band Graphic Equalizer display will appear. Select
To listen to Dynamic
“Dynamic”
dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Standard
“Standard”
sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
100 300 1k 3k 8k
“Custom”
the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound Adjustment” option in the menu (see page 15).
Custom
100 300 1k 3k 8k
Advanced Operations
01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65
11
Black
14/6/05, 8:02 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
11
Menu Adjustment
x Introducing the WEGA GATE navigator WEGA GATE is a gateway that allows you to access to preset TV channels, connected external inputs and “Settings” menu. WEGA GATE TV
TV 01
External Inputs Settings
“TV”
02 03
watch the preset TV channels (see page 6)
04 05
Select
Confirm
Select
Confirm
End
External Inputs
“External Inputs”
1
Video 1
2
Video 2
3
Video 3
select the inputs for the connected equipment (see page 19)
DVD
Select End
Confirm
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
“Settings”
Select
Confirm
change the settings of your TV (see page 13)
End
How to use WEGA GATE TV
WEGA GATE TV External Inputs Settings
Select
Confirm
(1) Press WEGA GATE to display or cancel the WEGA GATE menu.
01 02 03 04 05 Select
(3) Press V or v to select the desired item.
TV
WEGA GATE TV
01 02 03 04 05 Select
External Inputs Settings
Confirm Select
End
(2) Press (or b) to confirm your selection or go to the next level. Tip • The WEGA GATE, operations above.
12
Confirm
End
Confirm
(4) Press RETURN to move to the previous level.
and V,v,B,b buttons on the front panel can also be used for the
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65
12 Black
6/14/05, 11:21 PM
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x “Settings” Adjustment You are able to change the settings of your TV from “Settings” in WEGA GATE menu. Press WEGA GATE button to display WEGA GATE menu. Press V or v to select “Settings” and press . The following is an overview of the items that can be adjusted.
”Picture” (see page 14)
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
Confirm
End
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
Confirm
“Picture Mode”: “Vivid” “Standard” “Custom” “Picture Adjustment”: “Picture”, “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue”, “Sharpness”, “Reset” “Color Temperature”: “Cool” “Neutral” “Warm” “Intelligent Picture”: “On” “Off”
End
”Sound” (see page 15) “Sound Mode”: “Dynamic” “Standard” “Sound Adjustment”: “Adjust”, “Reset” “Balance” “Intelligent Volume”: “On” “Off” “Surround”: “On” “Simulated” “Off”
”Channel Setup” (see page 16) “Auto Program” “Manual Program” “Program”: “00” - “99” “TV System”: “B/G” “I” “D/K” “VHF Low”/“VHF High”/“UHF” “Fine”: “Auto” “Manual” “Signal Booster”: “Auto” “Off” “Program Sorting/Edit”
Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit
Select
Confirm
Setup Language:
End
English
Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
Select
Confirm
Auto
End
“Custom”
“M”
”Setup” (see page 18) “Language”: “English” “ ” (Thai) “Picture Position”: “Picture Rotation”, “Picture V-Position” “Video Label”: “Video Input”, “Label” “PAL” “SECAM” “NTSC3.58” “Color System”: “Auto” “NTSC4.43” “Factory Settings”: “Yes” “No”
Note • When a feature is dimmed in the menu, it is not selectable.
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65
13
Black
14/6/05, 8:02 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
13
x Changing the “Picture” setting The “Picture” menu allows you to adjust the picture settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Make sure the “Picture” icon ( selected, then press .
) is
Picture Picture Mode: Vivid Picture Adjustment Color Temperature: Cool Intelligent Picture: On
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Picture Mode”), then press Select
To
“Picture Mode”
choose either “Vivid”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Color Temperature”
adjust white color tint. Choose either “Cool” (blue tint), “Neutral” (neutral tint) or “Warm” (red tint).
“Intelligent Picture”
optimize picture quality. Press V or v to select “On”, then press To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
.
.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Picture Adjustment” and “Color Temperature” options only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode
1
Press V or v to select either “Picture” (contrast), “Brightness”, “Color”, “Hue” (color tones) or “Sharpness”, then press . Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2 3
Press V,v,B or b to adjust the setting of your selected item, then press
.
Repeat the above steps to adjust other items. The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • “Hue” can be adjusted for the NTSC color system only. • Reducing “Sharpness” can also reduce picture noise.
14
Menu Adjustment
01GB05AVD-SOEMMix.p65
14 Black
14/6/05, 8:02 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Changing the “Sound” setting The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust the sound settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Sound” icon ( ), then press .
Sound Sound Mode: Dynamic Sound Adjustment Balance Intelligent Volume: Off Surround: Off Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Sound Mode”), then press Select
To
“Sound Mode”
choose either “Dynamic”, “Standard” or “Custom”* (see page 11).
“Balance”
Press v or B to emphasize the left speaker. Press V or b to emphasize the right speaker.
“Intelligent Volume”
adjust the volume of all program numbers and video inputs automatically. Press V or v to select “On”, then press . To cancel, select “Off”, then press
“Surround”
.
.
choose either “On” (surround), “Simulated” (stereo-like monaural sound) or “Off”.
* You can adjust the setting to your personal preference in the “Sound Adjustment” option only when the “Custom” mode is selected.
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” items under “Custom” mode The 5-Band Graphic Equalizer feature allows you to adjust sound frequency settings of “Custom” mode in the menu.
1
Make sure that “Adjust” is selected, then press
.
Selecting “Reset” will set your TV to the factory settings.
2
Press B or b to select the desired sound frequency, then press V or v to adjust the setting and press . The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Custom”.
Notes • Adjusting higher frequency will affect higher pitched sound and adjusting lower frequency will affect lower pitched sound. • You may display the settings directly using the SOUND MODE button on the TV front panel (see page 9) or button on the remote control (see page 11). Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
15
Black
14/6/05, 8:06 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
15
x Changing the “Channel Setup” setting The “Channel Setup” menu allows you to preset channels automatically, manually preset channels and sort or edit the channels.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Channel Setup Auto Program Manual Program Program Sorting/Edit
Press V or v to select the “Channel Setup” icon ( ), then press .
Select
3
Confirm
End
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Auto Program”), then press Select
.
To
“Auto Program”
preset channels automatically.
“Manual Program”
manually preset desired channels and channels that cannot be preset automatically (see Presetting channels manually in page 17).
“Program Sorting/Edit”
change the order in which the channels appear on the screen, label the program number, skip the program number and block unwanted programs. (see step 3 of the section “Initial Setup” in page 6).
Notes • If you preset a blocked program number, that program number will be unblocked automatically. • If you sort a blocked program, that program will remain blocked.
16
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
16 Black
14/6/05, 8:06 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Presetting channels manually
1
After selecting “Manual Program”, select the program number to which you want to preset a channel. (1) Make sure “Program” is selected, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the program number you want to preset appears on the menu, then press .
2
Manual Program Program: TV System: VHF Low Fine: Signal Booster: Select
Confirm
01 B/G Auto Auto
End
Select the desired channel. (1) Make sure either “VHF Low”, “VHF High” or “UHF” is selected, then press . (2) Press V or v until the desired channel’s broadcast appears on the TV screen, then press .
3
If the sound of the desired channel is abnormal, select the appropriate TV system. (1) Press V or v to select “TV System”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v until the sound becomes normal, then press
4
.
If you are not satisfied with the picture and sound quality, you may be able to improve them by using the “Fine” tuning feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Fine”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select “Manual”, then press
.
(3) Press V,v,B or b until the picture and sound quality are optimal, then press
.
The + or – icon on the menu flashes while tuning.
5
If the TV signal is too strong (picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or weak (snowy picture), you may be able to improve the picture quality by setting the “Signal Booster” feature. (1) Press V or v to select “Signal Booster”, then press
.
(2) Press V or v to select either “Off”(for picture distorted; picture with lines; signal interference) or “Auto” (for snowy picture), then press .
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
17
Black
14/6/05, 8:06 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
17
x Changing the “Setup” setting The “Setup” menu allows you to change the menu language, adjust the picture position, label the connected equipment, select the color system and reset your TV to factory settings.
1 2
Press WEGA GATE and select “Settings”. Press V or v to select the “Setup” icon ( then press .
Setup Language: Picture Position Video Label Color System: Factory Settings
),
Select
3
English
Auto
End
Confirm
Press V or v to select the desired item (e.g., “Language”), then press Select
To
“Language”
change the menu language. Press V or v to select either “English” or “ then press .
“Picture Position”
.
” (Thai),
adjust the picture position when it is not aligned with the TV screen. Press V or v to select “Picture Rotation” or “Picture V-Position”, . then press Press V, v, B or b to adjust the picture position, then press
.
“Video Label”
label the connected equipment. (1) Select “Video Input” and press . Press V or v to select the input you want to label, then press . (2) Select “Label” and press , then press V or v to select the label options: “Video 1”/ “Video 2”/ “Video 3”/ “DVD”, “VCR”, “SAT”, “Game” or “Edit”*. * You may edit the video label to your favorite name. Press V or v to select alphanumeric characters for the label, then press .
“Color System”
select the color system. Press V or v to select either “Auto”, “PAL”, “SECAM”, . Normally, set this to “NTSC3.58” or “NTSC4.43”, then press “Auto”.
“Factory Settings”
reset your TV to factory settings. Press and press V or v to select “Yes”, then press
.
To cancel, select “No”, then press
18
Menu Adjustment
01GB06ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
18 Black
14/6/05, 8:06 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
Additional Information
x Connecting optional components Connecting to the video input terminal ( t ) TV front panel
Audio/Video cable (not supplied) L(MONO)
R
2
Camcorder TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
Antenna cable (not supplied)
CR
VCR Audio/Video cable (not supplied) DVD Player
Note • If you connect a VCR to 8 (antenna input), preset the signal output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV (see page 17).
Connecting to the monitor output terminal ( T )
TV rear panel
Audio system R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
VCR
continue Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
19
Black
14/6/05, 8:07 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
19
continued
Connecting to the component video input terminal (
)
TV rear panel
R
L
1
3
Y
CB
CR
Component video cable (not supplied) DVD player Audio cable (not supplied)
Notes • If your DVD player can output interlace and progressive mode signals, select the interlace output when connecting to (component video input) on your TV. Your TV can receive either 525i/60Hz or 625i/50Hz interlace signals. • The component video terminals on your DVD player are sometimes labeled Y/CB/CR, Y/PB/ PR, Y/Cb/Cr or Y/B-Y/R-Y. • If you select “DVD” on your TV screen, the signal from the T (monitor output) jacks will not be output properly. This does not indicate a malfunction.
20
Additional Information
01GB07ADJ-SOEMMix.p65
20 Black
14/6/05, 8:07 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Troubleshooting If you find any problem while viewing your TV, you can either use the “Factory Settings” function or check the Troubleshooting guide below. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
“Factory Settings” function Press the WEGA GATE button. Choose “Settings” and go to “Setup” ( ) menu. From “Setup” menu, select “Factory Settings”. Then select “Yes” and press . Your TV will go blank for a few seconds, then the “Initial Setup” menu will appear. Your TV will be set to factory settings, but certain problems may be solved. Symptom
Solutions
Snowy picture, noisy sound
• Check the antenna cable and connection on the TV, VCR and at the wall (see page 19). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select “Manual Program” to preset the channel again (see page 17). • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Auto” from “Manual Program” (see page 17). • Try using an external booster.
Distorted picture, noisy sound
• Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use. • Display the “Channel Setup” menu and set the “Signal Booster” to “Off” from “Manual Program”(see page 17).
Good picture, noisy sound
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu and select the appropriate “TV System” from “Manual Program” (see page 17).
No picture, no sound
• Check the power cord, antenna and VCR connections (see page 19). • Press ?/1 (power) to turn on the TV (see page 9). • Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about five seconds, then turn it on again (see page 8).
Good picture, no sound
• Press 2 + to increase the volume level (see page 9). • Press to cancel the muting (see page 9).
Dotted lines or stripes
• Do not use a hair dryer or other equipment near the TV. • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
Double images or “ghosts”
• Use a highly directional antenna.
No color
• Display the “Picture” menu and select “Custom” from “Picture Mode”, then adjust the “Color” level from “Picture Adjustment” (see page 14).
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function (see page 17). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. • Turn off or disconnect the external booster if it is in use.
• Display the “Setup” menu and check the “Color System” setting (usually set this to “Auto”) (see page 18). • Check the antenna setup. Contact a Sony dealer for advice. continue Additional Information
01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65
21
Black
14/6/05, 8:07 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
21
continued Symptom
22
Solutions
Picture slant
• Keep external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. • Display the “Picture Position” under “Setup” menu, then adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” so that the picture is aligned to the TV screen (see page 18).
Abnormal color patches
• Keep external speakers or other equipment away from the TV. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. Press ! (main power) on the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to demagnetize the TV.
The 1 (standby) indicator on your TV flashes red several times after every three seconds.
• Count the number of times the 1 (standby) indicator flashes. Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV. Contact your nearest Sony service center.
The TV screen sometimes goes blank for slightly longer than usual during channel change.
• The “Signal Booster” is functioning to detect a weak signal. This does not indicate a malfunction.
TV cabinet creaks.
• Changes in room temperature sometimes make the TV cabinet expand or contract, causing a noise. This does not indicate a malfunction.
A small “boom” sound is heard when the TV is turned on.
• The TV’s demagnetizing function is working. This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional Information
01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65
22 Black
14/6/05, 8:07 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
x Specifications KV-SW252M50
KV-SW292M50 Power requirements
220-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W)
Indicated on the rear of the TV
Television system
B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system
PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC3.58, NTSC4.43
Channel coverage B/G
Note
VHF : E2 to E12 /UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I
UHF : B21 to B68 /CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41 VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21 to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
D/K
M
VHF : A2 to A13 /UHF : A14 to A79 / CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8 (Antenna)
75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker)
6W+6W
Number of terminal (Video) (Audio) (Component Video)
i (Headphone)
Input: 3 Input: 4
Output: 1 Output: 1
Input: 1
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms Phono jacks; 500 mVrms Phono jacks; Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Output: 1
Stereo minijack 29 in.
25 in.
Tube size (mm)
724
639
Measured diagonally
Viewing screen size (mm)
679
598
Measured diagonally
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)
780 × 583 × 523
696 × 517 × 522
47
36
Picture tube
Mass (kg)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
01GB08ADV-SOEMMix.p65
23
Black
14/6/05, 8:07 pm
Sony KV-SW292M50 Group Q7 (GB, TH)_2-639-391-11 (1)
